Carboxamide derivatives and use thereof

ABSTRACT

The present disclosure provides substituted pyridyl-, pyrimidinyl-, pyrazinyl-, pyridazinyl-, and triazinyl-based carboxamides of Formula I-A: 
                         
and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof, wherein Z, HET, R 10 , and E are defined as set forth in the specification. The present disclosure is also directed to the use of compounds of Formula I-A to treat a disorder responsive to the blockade of sodium channels. Compounds of the present disclosure are especially useful for treating pain.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No.14/776,527, with the § 371 date as of Sep. 14, 2015, which is the U.S.National Phase, pursuant to 35 U.S.C. § 371, of PCT InternationalApplication Ser. No. PCT/US2014/025644, filed Mar. 13, 2014, designatingthe United States and published in English on Sep. 25, 2014 as PCTPublication No. WO 2014/151393 A2, claiming priority to U.S. ProvisionalApplication Ser. No. 61/789,502, filed Mar. 15, 2013. The contents ofthe afore-mentioned patent applications are incorporated herein by theirentirety.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

Field of the Invention

This invention is in the field of medicinal chemistry. The inventionprovides novel substituted pyridyl-, pyrimidinyl-, pyrazinyl-,pyridazinyl-, and triazinyl-based carboxamides. In certain embodiments,the compounds are used as blockers of one or more voltage-gated sodium(Na⁺) channels.

Background Art

Voltage-gated sodium channels (VGSCs) are found in all excitable cells.In neuronal cells of the central nervous system (CNS) and peripheralnervous system (PNS) sodium channels are primarily responsible forgenerating the rapid upstroke of the action potential. In this mannersodium channels are essential to the initiation and propagation ofelectrical signals in the nervous system. Proper function of sodiumchannels is therefore necessary for normal function of the neuron.Consequently, aberrant sodium channel function is thought to underlie avariety of medical disorders (See Hubner et al., Hum. Mol. Genet.11:2435-2445 (2002) for a general review of inherited ion channeldisorders) including epilepsy (Yogeeswari et al, Curr. Drug Target5:589-602 (2004)), arrhythmia (Noble, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA99:5755-5756 (2002)), myotonia (Cannon, Kidney Int. 57:772-779 (2000)),and pain (Wood et al., J. Neurobiol., 61:55-71 (2004)).

VGSCs are composed of one α-subunit, which forms the core of the channeland is responsible for voltage-dependent gating and ion permeation, andseveral auxiliary β-subunits (see, e.g., Chahine et al., CNS &Neurological Disorders-Drug Targets 7:144-158 (2008) and Kyle and Ilyin,J. Med. Chem. 50:2583-2588 (2007)). α-Subunits are large proteinscomposed of four homologous domains. Each domain contains six α-helicaltransmembrane spanning segments. There are currently nine known membersof the family of voltage-gated sodium channel α-subunits. Names for thisfamily include SCNx, SCNAx, and Na_(v)x.x (see TABLE 1, below). The VGSCfamily has been phylogenetically divided into two subfamilies Na_(v)1.x(all but SCN6A) and Na_(v)2.x (SCN6A). The Na_(v)1.x subfamily can befunctionally subdivided into two groups, those which are sensitive toblocking by tetrodotoxin (TTX-sensitive or TTX-s) and those which areresistant to blocking by tetrodotoxin (TTX-resistant or TTX-r).

There are three members of the subgroup of TTX-resistant sodiumchannels. The SCN5A gene product (Na_(v)1.5, Hl) is almost exclusivelyexpressed in cardiac tissue and has been shown to underlie a variety ofcardiac arrhythmias and other conduction disorders (Liu et al., Am. J.Pharmacogenomics 3:173-179 (2003)). Consequently, blockers of Na_(v)1.5have found clinical utility in treatment of such disorders (Srivatsa etal., Curr. Cardiol. Rep. 4:401-410 (2002)). The remaining TTX-resistantsodium channels, Na_(v)1.8 (SCN10A, PN3, SNS) and Na_(v)1.9 (SCN11A,NaN, SNS2) are expressed in the peripheral nervous system and showpreferential expression in primary nociceptive neurons. Human geneticvariants of these channels have not been associated with any inheritedclinical disorder. However, aberrant expression of Na_(v)1.8 has beenfound in the CNS of human multiple sclerosis (MS) patients and also in arodent model of MS (Black et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA97:11598-115602 (2000)). Evidence for involvement in nociception is bothassociative (preferential expression in nociceptive neurons) and direct(genetic knockout). Na_(v)1.8-null mice exhibited typical nociceptivebehavior in response to acute noxious stimulation but had significantdeficits in referred pain and hyperalgesia (Laird et al., J. Neurosci.22:8352-8356 (2002)).

TABLE 1 Voltage-gated sodium channel gene family Tissue TTX Gene Distri-IC₅₀ Disease Type Symbol bution (nM) Association Indications Na_(v)1.1SCN1A CNS/PNS 10 Epilepsy Pain, seizures, neurodegen- eration Na_(v)1.2SCN2A CNS 10 Epilepsy, Epilepsy neurodegen- eration Na_(v)1.3 SCN3A CNS15 — Pain Na_(v)1.4 SCN4A Skeletal 25 Myotonia Myotonia muscle Na_(v)1.5SCN5A Heart 2,000 Arrhythmia Arrhythmia muscle Na_(v)1.6 SCN8A CNS/ 6 —Pain, PNS movement disorders Na_(v)1.7 SCN9A PNS 25 Erythermalgia PainNa_(v)1.8 SCN10A PNS 50,000 — Pain Na_(v)1.9 SCN11A PNS 1,000 — Pain

The Na_(v)1.7 (PN1, SCN9A) VGSC is sensitive to blocking by tetrodotoxinand is preferentially expressed in peripheral sympathetic and sensoryneurons. The SCN9A gene has been cloned from a number of species,including human, rat, and rabbit and shows ˜90% amino acid identitybetween the human and rat genes (Toledo-Aral et al., Proc. Natl. Acad.Sci. USA 94:1527-1532 (1997)).

An increasing body of evidence suggests that Na_(v)1.7 plays a key rolein various pain states, including acute, inflammatory and/or neuropathicpain. Deletion of the SCN9A gene in nociceptive neurons of mice led toan increase in mechanical and thermal pain thresholds and reduction orabolition of inflammatory pain responses (Nassar et al., Proc. Natl.Acad. Sci. USA 101:12706-12711 (2004)).

Sodium channel-blocking agents have been reported to be effective in thetreatment of various disease states, and have found particular use aslocal anesthetics, e.g., lidocaine and bupivacaine, and in the treatmentof cardiac arrhythmias, e.g., propafenone and amiodarone, and epilepsy,e.g., lamotrigine, phenytoin and carbamazepine (see Clare et al., DrugDiscovery Today 5:506-510 (2000); Lai et al., Annu. Rev. Pharmacol.Toxicol. 44:371-397 (2004); Anger et al., J. Med. Chem. 44:115-137(2001), and Catterall, Trends Pharmacol. Sci. 8:57-65 (1987)). Each ofthese agents is believed to act by interfering with the rapid influx ofsodium ions.

Other sodium channel blockers such as BW619C89 and lifarizine have beenshown to be neuroprotective in animal models of global and focalischemia (Graham et al., J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 269:854-859 (1994);Brown et al., British J. Pharmacol. 115:1425-1432 (1995)).

It has also been reported that sodium channel-blocking agents can beuseful in the treatment of pain, including acute, chronic, inflammatory,neuropathic, and other types of pain such as rectal, ocular, andsubmandibular pain typically associated with paroxysmal extreme paindisorder; see, for example, Kyle and Ilyin., J. Med. Chem. 50:2583-2588(2007); Wood et al., J. Neurobiol. 61:55-71 (2004); Baker et al., TRENDSin Pharmacological Sciences 22:27-31 (2001); and Lai et al., CurrentOpinion in Neurobiology 13:291-297 (2003); the treatment of neurologicaldisorders such as epilepsy, seizures, epilepsy with febrile seizures,epilepsy with benign familial neonatal infantile seizures, inheritedpain disorders, e.g., primary erthermalgia and paroxysmal extreme paindisorder, familial hemiplegic migraine, and movement disorder; and thetreatment of other psychiatric disorders such as autism, cerebellaratrophy, ataxia, and mental retardation; see, for example, Chahine etal., CNS & Neurological Disorders-Drug Targets 7:144-158 (2008) andMeisler and Kearney, J. Clin. Invest. 115:2010-2017 (2005). In additionto the above-mentioned clinical uses, carbamazepine, lidocaine andphenytoin are used to treat neuropathic pain, such as from trigeminalneuralgia, diabetic neuropathy and other forms of nerve damage (Taylorand Meldrum, Trends Pharmacol. Sci. 16:309-316 (1995)). Furthermore,based on a number of similarities between chronic pain and tinnitus,(Moller, Am. J. Otol. 18:577-585 (1997); Tonndorf, Hear. Res. 28:271-275(1987)) it has been proposed that tinnitus should be viewed as a form ofchronic pain sensation (Simpson, et al., Tip. 20:12-18 (1999)). Indeed,lidocaine and carbamazepine have been shown to be efficacious intreating tinnitus (Majumdar, B. et al., Clin. Otolaryngol. 8:175-180(1983); Donaldson, Laryngol. Otol. 95:947-951 (1981)).

Many patients with either acute or chronic pain disorders respond poorlyto current pain therapies, and the development of resistance orinsensitivity to opiates is common. In addition, many of the currentlyavailable treatments have undesirable side effects.

In view of the limited efficacy and/or unacceptable side-effects of thecurrently available agents, there is a pressing need for more effectiveand safer analgesics that work by blocking sodium channels.

BRIEF SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

In one aspect, the present disclosure provides pyridyl-, pyrimidinyl-,pyrazinyl-, pyridazinyl-, and triazinyl-based carboxamides representedby Formulae I, I-A, II, II-A, III, III-A, and IV-VII, below, and thepharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof, collectivelyreferred to herein as “Compounds of the Disclosure.”

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides the use of Compoundsof the Disclosure as blockers of one or more sodium (Na⁺) channels.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides compounds assynthetic intermediates that can be used to prepare blockers of one ormore sodium (Na⁺) channels.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a method for treatinga disorder responsive to the blockade of one or more sodium channels ina mammal, comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount ofa Compound of the Disclosure.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a method for treatingpain (e.g., acute pain, chronic pain, which includes but is not limitedto, neuropathic pain, postoperative pain, and inflammatory pain, orsurgical pain), comprising administering an effective amount of aCompound of the Disclosure to a mammal in need of such treatment.Specifically, the present disclosure provides a method for preemptive orpalliative treatment of pain by administering an effective amount of aCompound of the Disclosure to a mammal in need of such treatment.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a method for treatingstroke, neuronal damage resulting from head trauma, epilepsy, seizures,general epilepsy with febrile seizures, severe myoclonic epilepsy ininfancy, neuronal loss following global and focal ischemia, migraine,familial primary erythromelalgia, paroxysmal extreme pain disorder,cerebellar atrophy, ataxia, dystonia, tremor, mental retardation,autism, a neurodegenerative disorder (e.g., Alzheimer's disease,amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), or Parkinson's disease), manicdepression, tinnitus, myotonia, a movement disorder, or cardiacarrhythmia, or providing local anesthesia, comprising administering aneffective amount of a Compound of the Disclosure to a mammal in need ofsuch treatment.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a pharmaceuticalcomposition comprising a Compound of the Disclosure and one or morepharmaceutically acceptable carriers.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a pharmaceuticalcomposition for treating a disorder responsive to the blockade of sodiumion channels, wherein the pharmaceutical composition comprises aneffective amount of a Compound of the Disclosure in a mixture with oneor more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a method ofmodulating sodium channels in a mammal, comprising administering to themammal an effective amount of at least one Compound of the Disclosure.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides Compounds of theDisclosure for use in treating pain in a mammal, e.g., acute pain,chronic pain, which includes but is not limited to, neuropathic pain,postoperative pain, and inflammatory pain, or surgical pain.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides Compounds of theDisclosure for use in treating stroke, neuronal damage resulting fromhead trauma, epilepsy, seizures, general epilepsy with febrile seizures,severe myoclonic epilepsy in infancy, neuronal loss following global andfocal ischemia, migraine, familial primary erythromelalgia, paroxysmalextreme pain disorder, cerebellar atrophy, ataxia, dystonia, tremor,mental retardation, autism, a neurodegenerative disorder (e.g.,Alzheimer's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), or Parkinson'sdisease), manic depression, tinnitus, myotonia, a movement disorder, orcardiac arrhythmia, or providing local anesthesia, in a mammal.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a radiolabeledCompound of the Disclosure and the use of such compounds as radioligandsin any appropriately selected competitive binding assays and screeningmethodologies. Thus, the present disclosure further provides a methodfor screening a candidate compound for its ability to bind to a sodiumchannel or sodium channel subunit using a radiolabeled Compound of theDisclosure. In certain embodiments, the compound is radiolabeled with³H, ¹¹C, or ¹⁴C. This competitive binding assay can be conducted usingany appropriately selected methodology. In one embodiment, the screeningmethod comprises: i) introducing a fixed concentration of theradiolabeled compound to an in vitro preparation comprising a soluble ormembrane-associated sodium channel, subunit or fragment under conditionsthat permit the radiolabeled compound to bind to the channel, subunit orfragment, respectively, to form a conjugate; ii) titrating the conjugatewith a candidate compound; and iii) determining the ability of thecandidate compound to displace the radiolabeled compound from saidchannel, subunit or fragment.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a Compound of theDisclosure for use in the manufacture of a medicament for treating painin a mammal. In one embodiment, the present disclosure provides the useof a Compound of the Disclosure in the manufacture of a medicament forpalliative or preemptive treatment of pain, such as acute pain, chronicpain, or surgical pain.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a Compound of theDisclosure for use in the manufacture of a medicament for treatingstroke, neuronal damage resulting from head trauma, epilepsy, seizures,general epilepsy with febrile seizures, severe myoclonic epilepsy ininfancy, neuronal loss following global and focal ischemia, migraine,familial primary erythromelalgia, paroxysmal extreme pain disorder,cerebellar atrophy, ataxia, dystonia, tremor, mental retardation,autism, a neurodegenerative disorder (e.g., Alzheimer's disease,amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), or Parkinson's disease), manicdepression, tinnitus, myotonia, a movement disorder, or cardiacarrhythmia, or providing local anesthesia, in a mammal.

Additional embodiments and advantages of the disclosure will be setforth, in part, in the description that follows, and will flow from thedescription, or can be learned by practice of the disclosure. Theembodiments and advantages of the disclosure will be realized andattained by means of the elements and combinations particularly pointedout in the appended claims.

It is to be understood that both the foregoing summary and the followingdetailed description are exemplary and explanatory only, and are notrestrictive of the invention as claimed.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

One aspect of the disclosure is based on the discovery of novelcompounds as provided herein. In certain embodiments, the inventionprovides Compounds of the Disclosure as blockers of sodium (Na⁺)channels. In other embodiments, the Compounds of the Disclosure areuseful for treating disorders responsive to the blockade of sodium ionchannels. In one embodiment, the Compounds of the Disclosure are usefulfor treating pain.

In one embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds representedby Formula I-A:

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof, wherein:Z is:

HET is a 6-membered nitrogen-containing heteroaryl, e.g., pyridyl,pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, or triazinyl;

E is selected from the group consisting of:

X is selected from the group consisting of N and CR¹;

R¹ is selected from the group consisting of:

-   -   a) hydrogen;    -   b) optionally substituted heteroaryl;    -   c) heteroalkyl;    -   d) (aralkylamino)alkyl    -   e) optionally-substituted (heterocyclo)alkyl;    -   f) optionally substituted aryl;    -   g) (heterocycloalkylamino)alkyl;    -   h) (heterocycloamino)alkyl;    -   i) alkanolamine;    -   j) hydroxyalkyl;    -   k) (amino)alkyl;    -   l) (alkylamino)alkyl;    -   m) (dialkylamino)alkyl;    -   n) (cycloalkylamino)alkyl;    -   o) (nitro)alkyl;    -   p) optionally-substituted (carboxamido)alkyl;    -   q) (haloalkylamino)alkyl;    -   r) (hydroxy)(cyano)alkyl;    -   s) (amino)(cyano)alkyl;    -   t) (hydroxy)haloalkyl;    -   u) (heteroarylamino)alkyl;    -   v) (heteroaryl)alkyl;    -   w) COR^(1a);    -   x) SO₂NR^(8a)R^(8b);    -   y) COCONR^(9a)R^(9b); and

R^(1a) is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, alkoxy, andNR^(7a)R^(7b);

R^(7a) is selected from the group consisting of:

-   -   a) hydrogen;    -   b) alkyl;    -   c) hydroxyalkyl;    -   d) (amino)alkyl;    -   e) (alkylamino)alkyl;    -   f) (dialkylamino)alkyl;    -   g) aryl;    -   h) (heteroaryl)alkyl; and    -   i) heteroaryl;

R^(7b) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; or

R^(7a) and R^(7b) are taken together form taken together to form a 3- to8-membered optionally substituted heterocyclo;

R^(8a) and R^(8b) are each independently selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen and alkyl; or

R^(8a) and R^(8b) are taken together form taken together to form a 3- to8-membered optionally substituted heterocyclo;

R^(9a) and R^(9b) are each independently selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen and alkyl; or

R^(9a) and R^(9b) are taken together form taken together to form a 3- to8-membered optionally substituted heterocyclo;

R² is selected from the group consisting of:

-   -   a) hydrogen;    -   b) optionally substituted heteroaryl;    -   c) heteroalkyl;    -   d) (aralkylamino)alkyl;    -   e) optionally-substituted (heterocyclo)alkyl;    -   f) optionally-substituted aryl;    -   g) (heterocycloalkylamino)alkyl;    -   h) (heterocycloamino)alkyl;    -   i) alkanolamine;    -   j) hydroxyalkyl;    -   k) (amino)alkyl;    -   l) (alkylamino)alkyl;    -   m) (dialkylamino)alkyl;    -   n) (cycloalkylamino)alkyl;    -   o) (nitro)alkyl;    -   p) (carboxamido)alkyl; and    -   q) (haloalkylamino)alkyl;

R³ is selected from the group consisting of:

-   -   a) hydrogen;    -   b) halo;    -   c) cyano;    -   d) haloalkyl;    -   e) C₁-C₄ alkyl;    -   f) C₁₋₄ haloalkyl;    -   g) C₁₋₄ haloalkoxy; and    -   h) C₁₋₄ alkoxy;

R⁴ is selected from the group consisting of:

-   -   a) hydrogen;    -   b) chloro;    -   c) cyano;    -   d) C₁₋₄ haloalkyl;    -   e) arylamino;    -   f) (arylamino)alkyl;    -   g) (aryloxy)alkyl;    -   h) (dialkylamino)alkyl;    -   i) alkoxyalkyl;    -   j) (heterocyclo)alkyl;    -   k) optionally substituted aryl; and    -   l) optionally substituted heteroaryl;

R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of:

-   -   a) hydrogen;    -   b) chloro;    -   c) cyano;    -   d) C₁₋₄ haloalkyl;    -   e) arylamino;    -   f) (arylamino)alkyl;    -   g) (aryloxy)alkyl;    -   h) (dialkylamino)alkyl;    -   i) alkoxyalkyl;    -   j) (heterocyclo)alkyl;    -   k) optionally substituted aryl; and    -   l) optionally substituted heteroaryl;

R¹⁰ is selected from the group consisting of:

-   -   a) hydrogen;    -   b) dihydroxyalkyl;    -   c) carboxy;    -   d) (heteroaryl)alkyl;    -   e) (acetoxy)alkyl;    -   f) —Y—R¹¹; and    -   g) carboxamido;

Y is —O— or —NH—;

R¹¹ is selected from the group consisting of:

R¹² is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, andhydroxyalkyl;

R¹³ is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, alkoxy, and—NR^(14a)R^(14b);

R^(14a) is selected from the group consisting of:

-   -   a) hydrogen;    -   b) alkyl;    -   c) aralkyl;    -   d) (heterocyclo)alkyl;    -   e) (heteroaryl)alkyl;    -   f) (amino)alkyl;    -   g) (alkylamino)alkyl;    -   h) (dialkylamino)alkyl;    -   i) (carboxamido)alkyl;    -   j) (cyano)alkyl;    -   k) alkoxyalkyl;    -   l) hydroxyalkyl; and    -   m) heteroalkyl; and

R^(14b) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; or

R^(14a) and R^(14b) taken together with the nitrogen atom to which theyare attached form a 3- to 8-membered optionally substituted heterocyclo.

It is appreciated that, in certain embodiments of Formula I-A, the E, Z,and R¹⁰ groups are attached to the HET via separate carbon atoms.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compoundsrepresented by Formula I-A, and the pharmaceutically acceptable saltsand solvates thereof, wherein:

1) when X is CR¹ and R¹ is hydrogen or hydroxyalkyl, then:

i) R² is selected from the group consisting of optionally substitutedheteroaryl; heteroalkyl; (aralkylamino)alkyl; optionally-substituted(heterocyclo)alkyl; optionally substituted aryl;(heterocycloalkylamino)alkyl; (heterocycloamino)alkyl; alkanolamine;hydroxyalkyl; (amino)alkyl; (alkylamino)alkyl; (dialkylamino)alkyl;(cycloalkylamino)alkyl; (nitro)alkyl; (carboxamido)alkyl; and(haloalkylamino)alkyl; or

ii) R⁴ is selected from the group consisting of arylamino;(arylamino)alkyl; (aryloxy)alkyl; (dialkylamino)alkyl;(heterocyclo)alkyl; optionally substituted aryl; and optionallysubstituted heteroaryl; or

iii) R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of arylamino;(arylamino)alkyl; (aryloxy)alkyl; (dialkylamino)alkyl;(heterocyclo)alkyl; optionally substituted aryl; and optionallysubstituted heteroaryl; or

2) when X is CR¹ and R² is hydrogen, then:

-   -   i) R¹ is selected from the group consisting of optionally        substituted heteroaryl; heteroalkyl; (aralkylamino)alkyl;        (heterocyclo)alkyl; optionally substituted aryl;        (heterocycloalkylamino)alkyl; (heterocycloamino)alkyl;        alkanolamine; (amino)alkyl; (alkylamino)alkyl;        (dialkylamino)alkyl; (cycloalkylamino)alkyl; (nitro)alkyl;        (carboxamido)alkyl; (haloalkylamino)alkyl; hydroxy)(cyano)alkyl;        (amino)(cyano)alkyl; (hydroxy)haloalkyl; (heteroarylamino)alkyl;        (heteroaryl)alkyl; COR^(1a); SO₂NR^(8a)R^(8b);        COCONR^(9a)R^(9b); and

or

-   -   ii) R⁴ is selected from the group consisting of arylamino;        (arylamino)alkyl; (aryloxy)alkyl; (dialkylamino)alkyl;        (heterocyclo)alkyl; optionally substituted aryl; and optionally        substituted heteroaryl; or    -   iii) R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of arylamino;        (arylamino)alkyl; (aryloxy)alkyl; (dialkylamino)alkyl;        (heterocyclo)alkyl; optionally substituted aryl; and optionally        substituted heteroaryl.

In certain embodiments, Compounds of the Disclosure are compoundsrepresented by Formula I-A, and the pharmaceutically acceptable saltsand solvates thereof, wherein when X is CR¹, then at least one of 10 andR² is hydrogen, including embodiments, such as, those provided asfollows:

1) when X is CR¹ and R² is hydrogen, then 10 is selected from the groupconsisting of optionally substituted heteroaryl; heteroalkyl;(aralkylamino)alkyl; (heterocyclo)alkyl; optionally substituted aryl;(heterocycloalkylamino)alkyl; (heterocycloamino)alkyl; alkanolamine;(amino)alkyl; (alkylamino)alkyl; (dialkylamino)alkyl;(cycloalkylamino)alkyl; (nitro)alkyl; (carboxamido)alkyl;(haloalkylamino)alkyl; hydroxy)(cyano)alkyl; (amino)(cyano)alkyl;(hydroxy)haloalkyl; (heteroarylamino)alkyl; (heteroaryl)alkyl; COR^(1a);SO₂NR^(8a)R^(8b); COCONR^(9a)R^(9b); and

or

1) when X is CR¹ and R¹ is hydrogen, then R² is selected from the groupconsisting of optionally substituted heteroaryl; heteroalkyl;(aralkylamino)alkyl (heterocyclo)alkyl; optionally substituted aryl;(heterocycloalkylamino)alkyl; (heterocycloamino)alkyl; alkanolamine;hydroxyalkyl; (amino)alkyl; (alkylamino)alkyl; (dialkylamino)alkyl;(cycloalkylamino)alkyl; (nitro)alkyl; (carboxamido)alkyl; and(haloalkylamino)alkyl.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compoundsrepresented by Formula I:Z-HET-E  Iand the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof, wherein:Z is:

HET is a 6-membered nitrogen-containing heteroaryl, e.g., pyridyl,pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, or triazinyl;

E is selected from the group consisting of:

X is selected from the group consisting of N and CR¹;

R¹ is selected from the group consisting of:

-   -   a) hydrogen;    -   b) optionally substituted heteroaryl;    -   c) heteroalkyl;    -   d) (aralkylamino)alkyl    -   e) (heterocyclo)alkyl;    -   f) optionally substituted aryl;    -   g) (heterocycloalkylamino)alkyl;    -   h) (heterocycloamino)alkyl;    -   i) alkanolamine;    -   j) hydroxyalkyl;    -   k) (amino)alkyl;    -   l) (alkylamino)alkyl;    -   m) (dialkylamino)alkyl;    -   n) (cycloalkylamino)alkyl;    -   o) (nitro)alkyl;    -   p) (carboxamido)alkyl; and    -   q) (haloalkylamino)alkyl;

R² is selected from the group consisting of:

-   -   a) hydrogen;    -   b) optionally substituted heteroaryl;    -   c) heteroalkyl;    -   d) (aralkylamino)alkyl    -   e) (heterocyclo)alkyl;    -   f) optionally substituted aryl;    -   g) (heterocycloalkylamino)alkyl;    -   h) (heterocycloamino)alkyl;    -   i) alkanolamine;    -   j) hydroxyalkyl;    -   k) (amino)alkyl;    -   l) (alkylamino)alkyl;    -   m) (dialkylamino)alkyl;    -   n) (cycloalkylamino)alkyl;    -   o) (nitro)alkyl;    -   p) (carboxamido)alkyl; and    -   q) (haloalkylamino)alkyl;

R³ is selected from the group consisting of:

-   -   a) hydrogen;    -   b) halo;    -   c) cyano;    -   d) haloalkyl;    -   e) C₁-C₄ alkyl;    -   f) C₁₋₄ haloalkyl;    -   g) C₁₋₄ haloalkoxy; and    -   h) C₁₋₄ alkoxy;

R⁴ is selected from the group consisting of:

-   -   a) hydrogen;    -   b) chloro;    -   c) cyano;    -   d) C₁₋₄ haloalkyl;    -   e) arylamino;    -   f) (arylamino)alkyl;    -   g) (aryloxy)alkyl;    -   h) (dialkylamino)alkyl;    -   i) alkoxyalkyl;    -   j) (heterocyclo)alkyl;    -   k) optionally substituted aryl; and    -   l) optionally substituted heteroaryl;

R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of:

-   -   a) hydrogen;    -   b) chloro;    -   c) cyano;    -   d) C₁₋₄ haloalkyl;    -   e) arylamino;    -   f) (arylamino)alkyl;    -   g) (aryloxy)alkyl;    -   h) (dialkylamino)alkyl;    -   i) alkoxyalkyl;    -   j) (heterocyclo)alkyl;    -   k) optionally substituted aryl; and    -   l) optionally substituted heteroaryl.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compoundsrepresented by Formula I-A, and the pharmaceutically acceptable saltsand solvates thereof, wherein E is

and all other variables are defined as those set forth in Formula I orI-A.

In compounds represented by Formula I or I-A, the E group and the Zgroup are attached to the BET via separate carbon atoms.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compoundsrepresented by Formula I or I-A, and the pharmaceutically acceptablesalts and solvates thereof, wherein:

1) when X is CR¹ and R¹ is hydrogen or hydroxyalkyl, then:

-   -   i) R² is selected from the group consisting of optionally        substituted heteroaryl; heteroalkyl; (aralkylamino)alkyl        (heterocyclo)alkyl; optionally substituted aryl;        (heterocycloalkylamino)alkyl; (heterocycloamino) alkyl;        alkanolamine; hydroxyalkyl; (amino)alkyl; (alkylamino)alkyl;        (dialkylamino)alkyl; (cycloalkylamino)alkyl; (nitro)alkyl;        (carboxamido)alkyl; and (haloalkylamino)alkyl; or    -   ii) R⁴ is selected from the group consisting of arylamino;        (arylamino)alkyl; (aryloxy)alkyl; (dialkylamino)alkyl;        (heterocyclo)alkyl; optionally substituted aryl; and optionally        substituted heteroaryl; or    -   iii) R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of arylamino;        (arylamino)alkyl; (aryloxy)alkyl; (dialkylamino)alkyl;        (heterocyclo)alkyl; optionally substituted aryl; and optionally        substituted heteroaryl; or

2) when X is CR¹ and R² is hydrogen, then:

-   -   i) R¹ is selected from the group consisting of optionally        substituted heteroaryl; heteroalkyl; (aralkylamino)alkyl;        (heterocyclo)alkyl; optionally substituted aryl;        (heterocycloalkylamino)alkyl; (heterocycloamino)alkyl;        alkanolamine; (amino)alkyl; (alkylamino)alkyl;        (dialkylamino)alkyl; (cycloalkylamino)alkyl; (nitro)alkyl;        (carboxamido)alkyl; and (haloalkylamino)alkyl; or    -   ii) R⁴ is selected from the group consisting of arylamino;        (arylamino)alkyl; (aryloxy)alkyl; (dialkylamino)alkyl;        (heterocyclo)alkyl; optionally substituted aryl; and optionally        substituted heteroaryl; or    -   iii) R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of arylamino;        (arylamino)alkyl; (aryloxy)alkyl; (dialkylamino)alkyl;        (heterocyclo)alkyl; optionally substituted aryl; and optionally        substituted heteroaryl.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compoundsrepresented by Formula I or I-A, and the pharmaceutically acceptablesalts and solvates thereof, wherein at least one of R¹ and R² ishydrogen, e.g.,

1) when X is CR¹ and R² is hydrogen, then R¹ is selected from the groupconsisting of optionally substituted heteroaryl; heteroalkyl;(aralkylamino)alkyl (heterocyclo)alkyl; optionally substituted aryl;(heterocycloalkylamino)alkyl; (heterocycloamino)alkyl; alkanolamine;hydroxyalkyl; (amino)alkyl; (alkylamino)alkyl; (dialkylamino)alkyl;(cycloalkylamino)alkyl; (nitro)alkyl; (carboxamido)alkyl; and(haloalkylamino)alkyl; or

2) when X is CR¹ then R¹ is hydrogen, then R² is selected from the groupconsisting of optionally substituted heteroaryl; heteroalkyl;(aralkylamino)alkyl (heterocyclo)alkyl; optionally substituted aryl;(heterocycloalkylamino)alkyl; (heterocycloamino)alkyl; alkanolamine;hydroxyalkyl; (amino)alkyl; (alkylamino)alkyl; (dialkylamino)alkyl;(cycloalkylamino)alkyl; (nitro)alkyl; (carboxamido)alkyl; and(haloalkylamino)alkyl.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compoundsrepresented by Formula I or Formula I-A, and the pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts and solvates thereof, wherein Z-HET-E is selected fromthe group consisting of:

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compoundsrepresented by Formula I or Formula I-A, and the pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts and solvates thereof, wherein HET is a pyridyl, andZ-HET-E is selected from the group consisting of HET-1, HET-2, HET-3,HET-4, HET-12, HET-13, HET-19, HET-20, HET-21, and HET-22.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compoundsrepresented by Formula I or Formula I-A, and the pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts and solvates thereof, wherein HET is a pyrimidinyl, andZ-HET-E is selected from the group consisting of HET-5, HET-6, HET-7,HET-14, HET-15, HET-23, and HET-24.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compoundsrepresented by Formula I or Formula I-A, and the pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts and solvates thereof, wherein HET is a pyrazinyl, andZ-HET-E is selected from the group consisting of HET-8 and HET-16.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compoundsrepresented by Formula I or Formula I-A, and the pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts and solvates thereof, wherein HET is a triazinyl, andZ-HET-E is selected from the group consisting of HET-9, HET-10, HET-11,HET-17, and HET-18.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compoundsrepresented by Formula I or Formula I-A, and the pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts and solvates thereof, wherein HET is a pyridazinyl, andZ-HET-E is selected from the group consisting of HET-25 and HET-26.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compoundsrepresented by Formula I or Formula I-A, and the pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts and solvates thereof, wherein Z-HET-E is selected fromthe group consisting of HET-1, HET-2, HET-3, HET-4, HET-5, HET-6, HET-7,HET-8, HET-9, HET-10, and HET-11.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compoundsrepresented by Formula I or Formula I-A, and the pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts and solvates thereof, wherein Z-HET-E is selected fromthe group consisting of HET-12, HET-13, HET-14, HET-15, HET-16, HET-17,and HET-18.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compoundsrepresented by Formula I or Formula I-A, and the pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts and solvates thereof, wherein Z-HET-E is selected fromthe group consisting of HET-19, HET-20, HET-21, HET-22, HET-23, HET-24,HET-25, and HET-26.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compoundsrepresented by Formula I or Formula I-A, and the pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts and solvates thereof, wherein Z-HET-E is selected fromthe group consisting of HET-1, HET-5, and HET-9.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compoundsrepresented by Formula I or Formula I-A, and the pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts and solvates thereof, wherein Z-HET-E is selected fromthe group consisting of HET-1 and HET-5.

In one embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds representedby Formula I-A, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvatesthereof, wherein R¹⁰ is hydrogen.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compoundsrepresented by Formula I-A, and the pharmaceutically acceptable saltsand solvates thereof, wherein R¹⁰ is dihydroxyalkyl (e.g.,1,2-dihydroxyethyl).

In still another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compoundsrepresented by Formula I-A, and the pharmaceutically acceptable saltsand solvates thereof, wherein R¹⁰ is —Y—R¹¹. In one embodiment, R¹¹ isselected from the group of

In another embodiment, R¹¹ is selected from the group of

wherein R¹² is C₁-C₄ alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, and propyl, etc.), andR¹³ is and —NR^(14a)R^(14b) (e.g., —NH₂).

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compoundsrepresented by Formula II:

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof, whereinE, X, R², R³, R⁴, and R⁵ are as defined above in connection with FormulaI or I-A. In a further embodiment, R⁵ is selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen; chloro; and C₁₋₄ haloalkyl.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compoundsrepresented by Formula II-A:

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof, whereinE, X, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, and R¹⁰ are as defined above in connection withFormula I-A.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compoundsrepresented by Formula III:

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof, wherein:

R¹ is selected from the group consisting of:

-   -   a) optionally substituted heteroaryl;    -   b) heteroalkyl;    -   c) (aralkylamino)alkyl    -   d) (heterocyclo)alkyl;    -   e) optionally substituted aryl;    -   f) (heterocycloalkylamino)alkyl;    -   g) (heterocycloamino)alkyl;    -   h) alkanolamine;    -   i) (amino)alkyl;    -   j) (alkylamino)alkyl;    -   k) (dialkylamino)alkyl;    -   l) (cycloalkylamino)alkyl;    -   m) (nitro)alkyl; and    -   n) (carboxamido)alkyl; and

E and R³ are as defined above in connection with Formula I. In a furtherembodiment, R¹ is selected from the group consisting of optionallysubstituted heteroaryl; (heterocyclo)alkyl; and (dialkylamino)alkyl. Ina further embodiment, R³ is selected from the group consisting of halo,cyano, and haloalkyl.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compoundsrepresented by Formula III-A:

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof, wherein:

R¹ is selected from the group consisting of

-   -   a) optionally substituted heteroaryl;    -   b) heteroalkyl;    -   c) (aralkylamino)alkyl    -   d) optionally-substituted (heterocyclo)alkyl;    -   e) optionally substituted aryl;    -   f) (heterocycloalkylamino)alkyl;    -   g) (heterocycloamino)alkyl;    -   h) alkanolamine;    -   i) hydroxyalkyl;    -   j) (amino)alkyl;    -   k) (alkylamino)alkyl;    -   l) (dialkylamino)alkyl;    -   m) (cycloalkylamino)alkyl;    -   n) (nitro)alkyl;    -   o) (carboxamido)alkyl;    -   p) (haloalkylamino)alkyl;    -   q) (hydroxy)(cyano)alkyl;    -   r) (amino)(cyano)alkyl;    -   s) (hydroxy)haloalkyl;    -   t) (heteroarylamino)alkyl;    -   u) (heteroaryl)alkyl;    -   v) COR^(1a);    -   w) SO₂NR^(8a)R^(8b);    -   x) COCONR^(9a)R^(9b); and

andE, R³, and R¹⁰ are as defined above in connection with Formula I-A.

In one embodiment of Formula III-A, R¹ is selected from the groupconsisting of:

-   -   a) optionally substituted heteroaryl;    -   b) (hydroxy)(cyano)alkyl;    -   c) (amino)(cyano)alkyl;    -   d) (hydroxy)haloalkyl;    -   e) (heteroarylamino)alkyl;    -   f) (heteroaryl)alkyl;    -   g) COR^(1a);    -   h) SO₂NR^(8a)R^(8b);    -   i) COCONR^(9a)R^(9b); and

In another embodiment of Formula III-A, R¹ is COR^(1a). In oneembodiment, R^(1a) is NR^(7a)R^(7b).

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compoundsrepresented by Formula IV:

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof, whereinand E, R², and R³ are as defined above in connection with Formula I orI-A. In a further embodiment, R² is selected from the group consistingof heteroaryl; (heterocyclo)alkyl; and (haloalkylamino)alkyl. In afurther embodiment, R³ is selected from the group consisting of halo,cyano, and haloalkyl.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compoundsrepresented by Formula V:

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof, whereinR⁴ is selected from the group consisting of:

a) arylamino;

b) (arylamino)alkyl;

c) (aryloxy)alkyl;

d) (dialkylamino)alkyl;

e) (heterocyclo)alkyl;

f) optionally substituted aryl; and

g) optionally substituted heteroaryl; and

E and R³ are as defined above in connection with Formula I or I-A. In afurther embodiment, R³ is fluoro.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compoundsrepresented by Formula VI:

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof, whereinR⁵ is selected from the group consisting of:

a) arylamino;

b) (arylamino)alkyl;

c) (aryloxy)alkyl;

d) (dialkylamino)alkyl;

e) (heterocyclo)alkyl;

f) optionally substituted aryl; and

g) optionally substituted heteroaryl; and

E and R³ are as defined above in connection with Formula I. In a furtherembodiment, R³ is fluoro.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compoundsrepresented by Formula VII:

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof, wherein:

R¹ is selected from the group consisting of:

-   -   a) optionally substituted heteroaryl;    -   b) heteroalkyl;    -   c) (aralkylamino)alkyl    -   d) optionally-substituted (heterocyclo)alkyl;    -   e) optionally substituted aryl;    -   f) (heterocycloalkylamino)alkyl;    -   g) (heterocycloamino)alkyl;    -   h) alkanolamine;    -   i) hydroxyalkyl;    -   j) (amino)alkyl;    -   k) (alkylamino)alkyl;    -   l) (dialkylamino)alkyl;    -   m) (cycloalkylamino)alkyl;    -   n) (nitro)alkyl;    -   o) (carboxamido)alkyl;    -   p) (haloalkylamino)alkyl;    -   q) (hydroxy)(cyano)alkyl;    -   r) (amino)(cyano)alkyl;    -   s) (hydroxy)haloalkyl;    -   t) (heteroarylamino)alkyl;    -   u) (heteroaryl)alkyl;    -   v) COR^(1a);    -   w) SO₂NR^(8a)R^(8b);    -   x) COCONR^(9a)R^(9b); and

and

E, R³, and R¹⁰ are as defined above in connection with Formula I-A.

In one embodiment of Formula VII, R¹ is selected from the groupconsisting of optionally substituted heteroaryl, (heterocyclo)alkyl and(dialkylamino)alkyl. In a separate embodiment, R³ is selected from thegroup consisting of halo, cyano, and haloalkyl.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compoundsrepresented by any one of Formulae I, II, III, IV, V, and VI, and thepharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof, wherein E is:

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compoundsrepresented by any one of Formulae I-A, II-A, III-A, and VII, and thepharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof, wherein E is:

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compoundsrepresented by any one of Formulae I, II, III, IV, V, and VI, and thepharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof, wherein E isselected from the group consisting of:

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compoundsrepresented by any one of Formulae I-A, II-A, III-A, and VII, and thepharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof, wherein E isselected from the group consisting of:

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compoundsrepresented by any one of Formulae I-A, II-A, III-A, and VII, and thepharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof, wherein R¹⁰ is—Y—R¹¹, and Y is —O—.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compoundsrepresented by any one of Formulae I-A, II-A, III-A, and VII, and thepharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof, wherein R¹⁰ is—Y—R¹¹, and Y is —NH—.

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds ofrepresented by any one of Formulae I, I-A, II-A, III-A, or VII, and thepharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof, wherein R¹ isoptionally substituted heteroaryl. In another embodiment, R¹ is anoptionally substituted heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of:

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds ofrepresented by any one of Formulae I-A, II-A, III-A, or VII, and thepharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof, wherein R¹⁰ isselected from the group consisting of:

a) hydrogen;

b) dihydroxyalkyl; and

c) —Y—R¹¹;

Y is —O— or —NH—;

R¹¹ is selected from the group consisting of:

and

R¹² is C₁-C₄ alkyl (e.g., methyl).

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds ofTABLE 2, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof.

TABLE 2 Cpd. Structure Name 15

6-(4-(4-cyano-2-(pyridin-4- yl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide 16

6-(4-(4-cyano-2-(pyridin-3- yl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide 17

6-(4-(4-cyano-2-(1-methyl-1H- pyrrol-2-yl)phenoxy)phenyl)- picolinamide18

6-(4-((4′-amino-5-cyano-[1,1′- biphenyl]-2-yl)oxy)phenyl)- picolinamide19

6-(4-(4-cyano-2-(thiophen-3- yl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide 20

6-(4-(4-cyano-2-(6- methoxypyridin-3- yl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide 21

6-(4-(4-cyano-2-(1-methyl-1H- pyrazol-4-yl)phenoxy)phenyl)- picolinamide22

6-(4-(4-cyano-2-(1-methyl-1H- pyrazol-5-yl)phenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide23

6-(4-(4-cyano-2-(6- hydroxypyridin-3- yl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide 24

6-(4-(4-cyano-2-(2- methoxypyridin-3- yl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide 25

6-(4-(4-cyano-2-(2-methoxy- pyridin-4-yl)phenoxy)phenyl)- picolinamide26

6-(4-(4-cyano-3-(pyridin-4- yl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide 27

6-(4-(4-cyano-3-(pyridin-3- yl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide 28

6-(4-(2-(pyridin-4-yl)-4- (trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide29

6-(4-(2-(pyridin-3-yl)-4- (trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide30

6-(4-(2-(pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)-4- (trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide 31

6-(4-(2-(((2- (dimethylamino)ethyl)amino) methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide 32

6-(4-(2-(((4-sulfamoylphenethyl)- amino)methyl)-4-(trifluoro-methyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolin- amide 33

6-(4-(2-((4-methylpiperazin-1- yl)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)-phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide 34

6-(4-(2-(((2-(2-oxoimidazolidin- 1-yl)ethyl)amino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide 35

6-(4-(2-((3-oxopiperazin-1- yl)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)-phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide 36

(S)-6-(4-(2-((3- hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)methyl)- 4-(trifluoromethyl)-phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide 37

6-(4-(2-(((2-(dimethylamino)- ethyl)(methyl)amino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)- phenyl)picolinamide 38

6-(4-(2-(((3-(dimethylamino)- propyl)amino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide 39

6-(4-(2-((dimethylamino)methyl)- 4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)-phenyl)picolinamide 40

6-(4-(2-(((2-hydroxyethyl)- amino)methyl)-4-(trifluoro-methyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolin- amide 41

(S)-6-(4-(2-((2-(hydroxyl- methyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide 42

(R)-6-(4-(2-((2-(hydroxyl- methyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide 43

6-(4-(2-(morpholinomethyl)-4- (trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide 44

(S)-6-(4-(2-((2-carbamoyl- pyrrolidin-1-yl)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide 45

6-(4-(2-((3,3-difluoropyrrolidin- 1-yl)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide 46

(S)-6-(4-(2-(((2-oxopyrrolidin-3- yl)amino)methyl)-4-(trifluoro-methyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolin- amide 47

tert-butyl (1-(2-(4-(6- carbamoylpyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-5-(trifluoromethyl)- benzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)carbamate 48

tert-butyl 3-((2-(4-(6- carbamoylpyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)- amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate 49

6-(4-(2-(piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-4- (trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide 50

6-(4-(2-(azetidin-1-ylmethyl)-4- (trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide 51

6-(4-(2-((3-hydroxypiperidin-1- yl)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)-phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide 52

6-(4-(2-(((2-hydroxyethyl)- (methyl)amino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide 53

6-(4-(3-(azetidin-1-ylmethyl)-4- (trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide 54

(S)-6-(4-(3-((3-hydroxy- pyrrolidin-1-yl)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)- phenyl)picolinamide 55

6-(4-(4-(trifluoromethyl)-3- (((3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)amino)-methyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolin- amide 56

6-(4-(3-(pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)-4- (trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide 58

6-(4-(2-(1-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)ethyl)- 4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)-phenyl)picolinamide 59

6-(4-((6-(pyrrolidin-1- ylmethyl)pyridin-2- yl)oxy)phenyl)picolinamide60

6-(4-(2-((3-aminopyrrolidin-1- yl)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)-phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide 61

6-(4-(2-((pyrrolidin-3- ylamino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide 62

6-(4-(3-((3-aminoazetidin-1- yl)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide 63

6-(4-(2-(1-hydroxy-2-nitroethyl)- 4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)-phenyl)picolinamide 64

6-(4-(2-(2-amino-1-hydroxy- ethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)-phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide 65

6-(4-(2-(aminomethyl)-4- (trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide74

(S)-4-(2-(4-(6-(1,2- dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2- yl)phenoxy)-5-(trifluoro-methyl)benzyl)piperazin-2-one 75

(S)-1-(6-(4-(2-(((S)-3- hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)- phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethane-1,2- diol 77

(R)-6-(4-(2-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)- 4-(trifluoromethyl)-phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide 79

6-(4-(2-(1-hydroxy-2-(3- oxopiperazin-1-yl)ethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide 81

6-(4-(2-(2-amino-2-oxo-1- (pyrrolidin-1-yl)ethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide 82

6-(4-(2-(2-amino-2-oxo-1- (piperidin-1-yl)ethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide 83

6-(4-(2-(2-amino-2-oxo-1- (propylamino)ethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide 84

6-(4-(2-(2-amino-1- (dimethylamino)-2-oxoethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide 85

6-(4-(2-(2-amino-1- (diethylamino)-2-oxoethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide 86

6-(2-chloro-4-(4-fluorophenoxy)- phenyl)picolinamide 87

6-(3-chloro-4-(4-fluorophenoxy)- phenyl)picolinamide 89

6-(3-cyano-4-(4-fluorophenoxy- phenyl)picolinamide 90

6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)-3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl)picolin- amide 91

6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)-2- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl)picolin- amide 92

6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)-3- (methyl(phenyl)amino)phenyl) picolinamide 93

4-((5-(6-carbamoylpyridin-2-yl)- 2-(4-fluorophenoxy)benzyl)-(methyl)amino)benzoic acid 94

6-(3-((4-chloro-2- iodophenoxy)methyl)-4-(4- fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide 95

6-(3-((diethylamino)methyl)-4-(4- fluorophenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide 96

6-(3-(ethoxymethyl)-4-(4- fluorophenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide 97

6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)-3- (pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)phenyl)- picolinamide98

6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)-3- (morpholinomethyl)phenyl)picolin- amide 99

6-(2-fluoro-4-(4-fluorophenoxy)- phenyl)picolinamide 100

6-(4′-chloro-6-(4-fluorophenoxy)- [1,1′-biphenyl]-3-yl)picolinamide 101

6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)-3-(2H- tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl)picolinamide 102

6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)-3- ((methyl(phenyl)amino)methyl)phenyl)picolinamide 103

6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)-3- (methoxymethyl)phenyl)picolin- amide 104

6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)-3-((4- fluorophenoxy)methyl)phenyl) picolinamide105

6-(3-((4-cyanophenoxy)methyl)- 4-(4- fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide106

6-(4-(3-((3-oxopiperazin-1- yl)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)-phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide

In another embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure are compounds ofTABLE 2A, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvatesthereof.

TABLE 2A Cpd. Structure Name 107

(S)-1-(6-(4-(2-(piperidin-1- ylmethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) pyridin-2-yl)ethane-1,2-diol 108

6-(4-(2-((cyclopentylamino)- methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)-phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide 109

6-(4-(2-(N,N-diethylsulfamoyl)- 4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide 111

6-(4-(2-(2-oxo-1,2-di(pyrrolidin- 1-yl)ethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide 112

6-(4-(2-(2-oxo-1-(3-oxopiperazin- 1-yl)-2-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)ethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide 113

(S)-2-(4-(6-(1,2- dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2- yl)phenoxy)-N,N-diethyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzenesulfonamide 114

6-(4-(2-((thiazol-2- ylamino)methyl)-4- (trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide 115

(R)-1-(2-(4-(2-(pyrrolidin-1- ylmethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) pyrimidin-4-yl)ethane-1,2-diol 116

(S)-1-(2-(4-(2-(pyrrolidin-1- ylmethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) pyrimidin-4-yl)ethane-1,2-diol 117

6-(4-(2- ((ethyl(methyl)amino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide 118

6-(4-(2-((diethylamino)methyl)-4- (trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide 119

6-(4-(2-((ethyl(2- hydroxyethyl)amino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide 120

6-(4-(2-(((2- (dimethylamino)ethyl)(ethyl)amino) methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide 121

6-(4-(2-((3-carbamoylpiperidin-1- yl)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide 122

(S)-6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-2-(4- (2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) pyrimidine-4-carboxamide 123

6-(4-(2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5- yl)-4- (trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide 124

2-(6-carbmoyl-2-(4-(2- ((diethylamino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) pyrimidin-4-yl)ethyl acetate 125

2-(4-(2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5- yl)-4- (trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)pyrimidine-4-carboxamide 126

(S)-2-(4-(2-(1-methyl-1H- pyrazol-5-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)- 6-((2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)pyrimidine-4- carboxamide 127

6-(2-(1H-imidazol-1-yl)ethyl)-2- (4-(2-(morpholinomethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) pyrimidine-4-carboxamide 128

(S)-2-(4-(2-(2- (dimethylamino)pyrimidin-5-yl)- 4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)- 6-((2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)pyrimidine-4- carboxamide 129

(S)-2-(4-(2-(5- (dimethylamino)pyrazin-2-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)- 6-((2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)pyrimidine-4- carboxamide 130

(S)-2-(4-(2- ((diethylamino)methyl)-4- (trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-6-(1,2- dihydroxyethyl)pyrimidine-4- carboxamide 131

6-carbamoyl-2-(4-(2- ((diethylamino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) pyrimidine-4-carboxylic acid 132

6-carbamoyl-2-(4-(2- (morpholinomethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) pyrimidine-4-carboxylic acid 133

(R)-2-(4-(2- ((diethylamino)methyl)-4- (trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-6-(1,2- dihydroxyethyl)pyrimidine-4- carboxamide 134

(S)-6-((1-amino-1-oxopropan-2- yl)amino)-2-(4-(2-(5-(dimethylamino)pyrazin-2-yl)-4- (trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)pyrimidine-4-carboxamide 135

(S)-4-(1,2-dihydroxythyl)-6-(4- (2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide 136

(S)-6-(4-(2-(1-(azetidin-3-yl)-1H- pyrazol-5-yl)-4-chlorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2- dihydroxyethyl)picolinamide 137

(S)-2-(4-(2-(1-(azetidin-3-yl)-1H- pyrazol-5-yl)-4-chlorophenoxy)phenyl)-6-((2- oxopyrrolidin-3- yl)amino)pyrimidine-4-carboxamide 138

(S)-6-((1-amino-1-oxopropan-2- yl)amino)-2-(4-(2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4- (trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)pyrimidine-4-carboxamide 139

(S)-6-((1-amino-1-oxopropan-2- yl)amino)-2-(4-(2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenoxy)phenyl)- pyrimidine-4-carboxamide 140

(S)-6-((1-amino-1-oxopropan-2- yl)amino)-2-(4-(2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenoxy)phenyl)- pyrimidine-4-carboxamide 141

(S)-2-(4-(4-chloro-2-(1-methyl- 1H-pyrazol-5- yl)phenoxy)phenyl)-6-((2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)- pyrimidine-4-carboxamide 144

methyl 6-(4-(2- (cyano(hydroxy)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) picolinate 145

6-(4-(2-(amino(cyano)methyl)-4- (trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide 155

(Z)-6-(4-(2-((2,4- dioxothiazolidin-5- ylidene)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide 156

(1S)-1-(6-(4-(4-fluoro-2-(2,2,2- trifluoro-1-hydroxyethyl)-phenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2- yl)ethane-1,2-diol 157

6-(4-(2-(2-oxo-2-(pyrrolidin-1- yl)acetyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)-phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide 158

6-(4-(2-(1-hydroxy-2-oxo-2- (pyrrolidin-1-yl)ethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide 159

2-(4-(6-carbamoylpyridin-2- yl)phenoxy)-5-(trifluoro- methyl)benzoicacid 160

6-(4-(2-(pyrrolidine-1-carbonyl)- 4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide 161

6-(4-(2-((2-hydroxyethyl)- (methyl)carbamoyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide 162

6-(4-(2-(4-methylpiperazine-1- carbonyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide 163

6-(4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)-4- (trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide 164

6-(4-(2-(diethylcarbamoyl)-4- (trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide 165

6-(4-(2-(3-oxopiperazine-1- carbonyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)-phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide 167

2-(4-(6-((S)-1,2- dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2- yl)phenoxy)-N-((R)-2,3-dihydroxypropyl)-5- (trifluoromethyl)benzamide 168

(S)-2-(4-(6-(1,2- dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2- yl)phenoxy)-N,N-diethyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide 169

(S)-2-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxy- ethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-N-ethyl-N-methyl-5-(trifluoro- methyl)benzamide 170

(2-(4-(6-((S)-1,2- dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2- yl)phenoxy)-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)((S)-3- hydroxypyrrolidin-1- yl)methanone 171

(S)-2-(4-(6-(1,2- dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2- yl)phenoxy)-N-ethyl-N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-5-(trifluoro- methyl)benzamide 172

(S)-2-(4-(6-(1,2- dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2- yl)phenoxy)-N-(2-(dimethyl-amino)ethyl)-N-ethyl-5- (trifluoromethyl)benzamide 173

1-(2-(4-(6-((S)-1,2- dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2- yl)phenoxy)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl)piperidine- 3-carboxamide 174

(S)-2-(4-(6-(1,2- dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-N-(1,3,4-thiadiazol- 2-yl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)- benzamide174

(S)-2-(4-(6-(1,2- dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-N-(1,3,4-thiadiazol- 2-yl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)- benzamide175

(S)-2-(4-(6-(1,2- dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)-5- (trifluoromethyl)benzamide 176

(S)-N-((1H-tetrazol-5-yl)methyl)- 2-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-5- (trifluoromethyl)benzamide

In one aspect, the present disclosure is drawn to the followingparticular embodiments:

Embodiment I

A compound having Formula I-A:

and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof, wherein:

Z is:

HET is a 6-membered nitrogen-containing heteroaryl, e.g., pyridyl,pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, or triazinyl;

E is selected from the group consisting of:

X is selected from the group consisting of N and CR¹;

R¹ is selected from the group consisting of:

-   -   a) hydrogen;    -   b) optionally substituted heteroaryl;    -   c) heteroalkyl;    -   d) (aralkylamino)alkyl    -   e) optionally-substituted (heterocyclo)alkyl;    -   f) optionally substituted aryl;    -   g) (heterocycloalkylamino)alkyl;    -   h) (heterocycloamino)alkyl;    -   i) alkanolamine;    -   j) hydroxyalkyl;    -   k) (amino)alkyl;    -   l) (alkylamino)alkyl;    -   m) (dialkylamino)alkyl;    -   n) (cycloalkylamino)alkyl;    -   o) (nitro)alkyl;    -   p) optionally-substituted (carboxamido)alkyl;    -   q) (haloalkylamino)alkyl;    -   r) (hydroxy)(cyano)alkyl;    -   s) (amino)(cyano)alkyl;    -   t) (hydroxy)haloalkyl;    -   u) (heteroarylamino)alkyl;    -   v) (heteroaryl)alkyl;    -   w) COR¹a;    -   x) SO₂NR^(8a)R^(8b);    -   y) COCONR^(9a)R^(9b); and

R^(1a) is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, alkoxy, andNR^(7a)R^(7b);

R^(7a) is selected from the group consisting of:

-   -   a) hydrogen;    -   b) alkyl;    -   c) hydroxyalkyl;    -   d) (amino)alkyl;    -   e) (alkylamino)alkyl;    -   f) (dialkylamino)alkyl;    -   g) aryl;    -   h) (heteroaryl)alkyl; and    -   i) heteroaryl;

R^(7b) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; or

R^(7a) and R^(7b) are taken together form taken together to form a 3- to8-membered optionally substituted heterocyclo;

R^(8a) and R^(8b) are each independently selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen and alkyl; or

R^(8a) and R^(8b) are taken together form taken together to form a 3- to8-membered optionally substituted heterocyclo;

R^(9a) and R^(9b) are each independently selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen and alkyl; or

R^(9a) and R^(9b) are taken together form taken together to form a 3- to8-membered optionally substituted heterocyclo;

R² is selected from the group consisting of:

-   -   a) hydrogen;    -   b) optionally substituted heteroaryl;    -   c) heteroalkyl;    -   d) (aralkylamino)alkyl;    -   e) optionally-substituted (heterocyclo)alkyl;    -   f) optionally-substituted aryl;    -   g) (heterocycloalkylamino)alkyl;    -   h) (heterocycloamino)alkyl;    -   i) alkanolamine;    -   j) hydroxyalkyl;    -   k) (amino)alkyl;    -   l) (alkylamino)alkyl;    -   m) (dialkylamino)alkyl;    -   n) (cycloalkylamino)alkyl;    -   o) (nitro)alkyl;    -   p) (carboxamido)alkyl; and    -   q) (haloalkylamino)alkyl;

R³ is selected from the group consisting of:

-   -   a) hydrogen;    -   b) halo;    -   c) cyano;    -   d) haloalkyl;    -   e) C₁-C₄ alkyl;    -   f) C₁₋₄ haloalkyl;    -   g) C₁₋₄ haloalkoxy; and    -   h) C₁₋₄ alkoxy;

R⁴ is selected from the group consisting of:

-   -   a) hydrogen;    -   b) chloro;    -   c) cyano;    -   d) C₁₋₄ haloalkyl;    -   e) arylamino;    -   f) (arylamino)alkyl;    -   g) (aryloxy)alkyl;    -   h) (dialkylamino)alkyl;    -   i) alkoxyalkyl;    -   j) (heterocyclo)alkyl;    -   k) optionally substituted aryl; and    -   l) optionally substituted heteroaryl;

R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of:

-   -   a) hydrogen;    -   b) chloro;    -   c) cyano;    -   d) C₁₋₄ haloalkyl;    -   e) arylamino;    -   f) (arylamino)alkyl;    -   g) (aryloxy)alkyl;    -   h) (dialkylamino)alkyl;    -   i) alkoxyalkyl;    -   j) (heterocyclo)alkyl;    -   k) optionally substituted aryl; and    -   l) optionally substituted heteroaryl;

R¹⁰ is selected from the group consisting of:

-   -   a) hydrogen;    -   b) dihydroxyalkyl;    -   c) carboxy;    -   d) (heteroaryl)alkyl;    -   e) (acetoxy)alkyl;    -   f) —Y—R¹¹; and    -   g) carboxamido;

Y is —O— or —NH—;

R¹¹ is selected from the group consisting of:

R¹² is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, andhydroxyalkyl;

R¹³ is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, alkoxy, and—NR^(14a)R^(14b);

R^(14a) is selected from the group consisting of:

-   -   a) hydrogen;    -   b) alkyl;    -   c) aralkyl;    -   d) (heterocyclo)alkyl;    -   e) (heteroaryl)alkyl;    -   f) (amino)alkyl;    -   g) (alkylamino)alkyl;    -   h) (dialkylamino)alkyl;    -   i) (carboxamido)alkyl;    -   j) (cyano)alkyl;    -   k) alkoxyalkyl;    -   l) hydroxyalkyl; and    -   m) heteroalkyl; and

R^(14b) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; or

R^(14a) and R^(14b) taken together with the nitrogen atom to which theyare attached form a 3- to 8-membered optionally substituted heterocyclo.

Embodiment II

The compound of Embodiment I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable saltsand solvates thereof, wherein when X is CR¹ and R¹ is hydrogen orhydroxyalkyl, then:

i) R² is selected from the group consisting of optionally substitutedheteroaryl; heteroalkyl; (aralkylamino)alkyl (heterocyclo)alkyl;optionally substituted aryl; (heterocycloalkylamino)alkyl;(heterocycloamino)alkyl; alkanolamine; hydroxyalkyl; (amino)alkyl;(alkylamino)alkyl; (dialkylamino)alkyl; (cycloalkylamino)alkyl;(nitro)alkyl; (carboxamido)alkyl; and (haloalkylamino)alkyl; or

ii) R⁴ is selected from the group consisting of arylamino;(arylamino)alkyl; (aryloxy)alkyl; (dialkylamino)alkyl;(heterocyclo)alkyl; optionally substituted aryl; and optionallysubstituted heteroaryl; or

iii) R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of arylamino;(arylamino)alkyl; (aryloxy)alkyl; (dialkylamino)alkyl;(heterocyclo)alkyl; optionally substituted aryl; and optionallysubstituted heteroaryl.

Embodiment III

The compound of Embodiment I, and the pharmaceutically acceptable saltsand solvates thereof, wherein when X is CR¹ and R² is hydrogen, then:

i) R¹ is selected from the group consisting of optionally substitutedheteroaryl; heteroalkyl; (aralkylamino)alkyl; (heterocyclo)alkyl;optionally substituted aryl; (heterocycloalkylamino)alkyl;(heterocycloamino)alkyl; alkanolamine; (amino)alkyl; (alkylamino)alkyl;(dialkylamino)alkyl; (cycloalkylamino)alkyl; (nitro)alkyl;(carboxamido)alkyl; (haloalkylamino)alkyl; hydroxy)(cyano)alkyl;(amino)(cyano)alkyl; (hydroxy)haloalkyl; (heteroarylamino)alkyl;(heteroaryl)alkyl; COR^(1a); SO₂NR^(8a)R^(8b); COCONR^(9a)R^(9b); and

or

-   -   ii) R⁴ is selected from the group consisting of arylamino;        (arylamino)alkyl; (aryloxy)alkyl; (dialkylamino)alkyl;        (heterocyclo)alkyl; optionally substituted aryl; and optionally        substituted heteroaryl; or    -   iii) R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of arylamino;        (arylamino)alkyl; (aryloxy)alkyl; (dialkylamino)alkyl;        (heterocyclo)alkyl; optionally substituted aryl; and optionally        substituted heteroaryl.

Embodiment IV

The compound of any one of Embodiments I to III, or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein Z-BET-E is selected from thegroup consisting of:

wherein each of the above Z-HET-E groups is further substituted by R¹⁰(as set forth in Formula I-A).

Embodiment V

The compound of any one of Embodiments I-IV, or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein R¹⁰ is hydrogen.

Embodiment VI

The compound of any one of Embodiments I-V, or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein R¹ is selected from thegroup consisting of:

a) hydrogen;

b) optionally substituted heteroaryl;

c) heteroalkyl;

d) (aralkylamino)alkyl

e) optionally substituted (heterocyclo)alkyl;

f) optionally substituted aryl;

g) (heterocycloalkylamino)alkyl;

h) (heterocycloamino)alkyl;

i) alkanolamine;

j) hydroxyalkyl;

k) (amino)alkyl;

l) (alkylamino)alkyl;

m) (dialkylamino)alkyl;

n) (cycloalkylamino)alkyl;

o) (nitro)alkyl;

p) (carboxamido)alkyl; and

q) (haloalkylamino)alkyl.

Embodiment VII

The compound of Embodiments I-V, or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltor solvate thereof, wherein R¹ is selected from the group consisting of:

a) (hydroxy)(cyano)alkyl;

b) (amino)(cyano)alkyl;

c) (hydroxy)haloalkyl;

d) (heteroarylamino)alkyl;

e) (heteroaryl)alkyl;

f) COR^(1a);

g) SO₂NR^(8a)R^(8b);

h) COCONR^(9a)R^(9b); and

Embodiment VIII

The compound of any one of Embodiments I-VII, or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein Z-HET-E is selected from thegroup consisting of HET-1, HET-2, HET-3, HET-4, HET-12, HET-13, HET-19,HET-20, HET-21, and HET-22.

Embodiment IX

The compound of any one of Embodiments I-VII, or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein Z-HET-E is selected from thegroup consisting of HET-5, HET-6, HET-7, HET-14, HET-15, HET-23, andHET-24.

Embodiment X

The compound of any one of Embodiments I-VII, or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein Z-HET-E is selected from thegroup consisting of HET-8 and HET-16.

Embodiment XI

The compound of any one of Embodiments I-VII, or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein Z-HET-E is selected from thegroup consisting of HET-9, HET-10, HET-11, HET-17, and HET-18.

Embodiment XII

The compound of any one of Embodiments I-VII, or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein Z-HET-E is selected from thegroup consisting of HET-25 and HET-26.

Embodiment XIII

The compound of any one of Embodiments I-VII, or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein Z-HET-E is selected from thegroup consisting of HET-1, HET-2, HET-3, HET-4, HET-5, HET-6, HET-7,HET-8, HET-9, HET-10, and HET-11.

Embodiment XIV

The compound of any one of Embodiments I-VII, or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein Z-HET-E is selected from thegroup consisting of HET-12, HET-13, HET-14, HET-15, HET-16, HET-17, andHET-18.

Embodiment XV

The compound of any one of Embodiments I-VII, or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein Z-HET-E is selected from thegroup consisting of HET-19, HET-20, HET-21, HET-22, HET-23, HET-24,HET-25, and HET-26.

Embodiment XVI

The compound of any one of Embodiments I-VIII or XIII having FormulaII-A:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.

Embodiment XVII

The compound of Embodiment XVI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt orsolvate thereof, wherein R⁵ is selected from the group consisting ofhydrogen; halogen (e.g., fluoro, chloro, and bromo); and C₁₋₄ haloalkyl.

Embodiment XVIII

The compound of any one of Embodiments I-VIII or XIII, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, having FormulaIII-A:

Embodiment XIX

The compound of Embodiment XVIII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltor solvate thereof, wherein R¹ is selected from the group consisting of:

a) optionally substituted heteroaryl (e.g., pyrrolyl, 1H-pyrazol-5-yl,1H-pyrazol-4-yl, thiophenyl, and pyridyl);

b) heteroalkyl;

c) (aralkylamino)alkyl

d) optionally-substituted (heterocyclo)alkyl;

e) optionally substituted aryl;

f) (heterocycloalkylamino)alkyl;

g) (heterocycloamino)alkyl;

h) alkanolamine;

i) hydroxyalkyl;

j) (amino)alkyl;

k) (alkylamino)alkyl;

l) (dialkylamino)alkyl;

m) (cycloalkylamino)alkyl;

n) (nitro)alkyl;

o) (carboxamido)alkyl;

p) (haloalkylamino)alkyl;

q) (hydroxy)(cyano)alkyl;

r) (amino)(cyano)alkyl;

s) (hydroxy)haloalkyl;

t) (heteroarylamino)alkyl;

u) (heteroaryl)alkyl;

v) COR^(1a);

w) SO₂NR^(8a)R^(8b);

x) COCONR^(9a)R^(9b); and

Embodiment XX

The compound of Embodiment XIX, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt orsolvate thereof, wherein R¹ is selected from the group consisting of:

a) optionally substituted heteroaryl;

b) heteroalkyl;

c) (aralkylamino)alkyl

d) optionally substituted (heterocyclo)alkyl;

e) optionally substituted aryl;

f) (heterocycloalkylamino)alkyl;

g) (heterocycloamino)alkyl;

h) alkanolamine;

i) (amino)alkyl;

j) (alkylamino)alkyl;

k) (dialkylamino)alkyl;

l) (cycloalkylamino)alkyl;

m) (nitro)alkyl; and

n) (carboxamido)alkyl.

Embodiment XXI

The compound of Embodiment XIX, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt orsolvate thereof, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting ofoptionally substituted heteroaryl, (heterocyclo)alkyl, and(dialkylamino)alkyl.

Embodiment XXII

The compound of Embodiment XVIII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltor solvate thereof, wherein R¹ is selected from the group consisting of:

a) (hydroxy)(cyano)alkyl;

b) (amino)(cyano)alkyl;

c) (hydroxy)haloalkyl;

d) (heteroarylamino)alkyl;

e) (heteroaryl)alkyl;

f) COR¹a;

g) SO₂NR^(8a)R^(8b);

h) COCONR^(9a)R^(9b); and

Embodiment XXIV

The compound of Embodiment XXIII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltor solvate thereof, wherein R¹ is COR^(1a).

Embodiment XXV

The compound of Embodiment XXIV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltor solvate thereof, wherein R^(1a) is NR^(7a)R^(n).

Embodiment XXVI

The compound of any one of Embodiments I-VIII or XIII, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, having Formula IV:

wherein R² is selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl,(heterocyclo)alkyl, and (haloalkylamino)alkyl.

Embodiment XXVII

The compound of any one of Embodiments I-VIII or XIII, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, having Formula V:

wherein R⁴ is selected from the group consisting of:

a) arylamino;

b) (arylamino)alkyl;

c) (aryloxy)alkyl;

d) (dialkylamino)alkyl;

e) (heterocyclo)alkyl;

f) optionally substituted aryl; and

g) optionally substituted heteroaryl.

Embodiment XXVIII

The compound any one of Embodiments I-VIII or XIII, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, having Formula VI:

wherein R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of:

a) arylamino;

b) (arylamino)alkyl;

c) (aryloxy)alkyl;

d) (dialkylamino)alkyl;

e) (heterocyclo)alkyl;

f) optionally substituted aryl; and

g) optionally substituted heteroaryl.

Embodiment XXIX

The compound of any one of Embodiments I-VIII or XIII, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, having Formula VII:

Embodiment XXX

The compound of Embodiment XXIX, or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltor solvate thereof, wherein R¹ is selected from the group consisting of:

a) optionally substituted heteroaryl;

b) heteroalkyl;

c) (aralkylamino)alkyl

d) (heterocyclo)alkyl;

e) optionally substituted aryl;

f) (heterocycloalkylamino)alkyl;

g) (heterocycloamino)alkyl;

h) alkanolamine;

i) hydroxyalkyl;

j) (amino)alkyl;

k) (alkylamino)alkyl;

l) (dialkylamino)alkyl;

m) (cycloalkylamino)alkyl;

n) (nitro)alkyl;

o) (carboxamido)alkyl;

p) (haloalkylamino)alkyl;

q) (hydroxy)(cyano)alkyl;

r) (amino)(cyano)alkyl;

s) (hydroxy)haloalkyl;

t) (heteroarylamino)alkyl;

u) (heteroaryl)alkyl;

v) COR^(1a);

w) SO₂NR^(8a)R^(8b);

x) COCONR^(9a)R^(9b); and

Embodiment XXXI

The compound of any one of Embodiments I, XVIII, or XXX, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein R¹ isoptionally substituted heteroaryl.

Embodiment XXXII

The compound of any one of Embodiments I-XXI, or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein:

R¹⁰ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, dihydroxyalkyland —Y—R¹¹;

R¹¹ is selected from the group consisting of:

and R¹² is C₁-C₄ alkyl.

Embodiment XXXIII

The compound of Embodiment XXXII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltor solvate thereof, wherein R¹⁰ is —Y—R¹¹.

Embodiment XXXIV

The compound of Embodiment XXXIII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltor solvate thereof, wherein Y is —NH—.

Embodiment XXXV

The compound of Embodiment XXXIII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltor solvate thereof, wherein Y is —O—.

Embodiment XXXVI

The compound of Embodiment XXXII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltor solvate thereof, wherein R¹⁰ is dihydroxyalkyl.

Embodiment XXXVII

The compound of Embodiment XXXVI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltor solvate thereof, wherein R¹⁰ is dihydroxyalkyl selected from thegroup consisting of:

Embodiment XXXVIII

The compound of any one of Embodiments I-XXXVII, or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein E is:

Embodiment XXXIX

The compound of any one of Embodiments I-XXXVII, or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein E is selected from the groupconsisting of:

Embodiment XL

The compound of any one of Embodiments I-XXX, or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein R³ is selected from thegroup consisting of halo, cyano, and haloalkyl.

Embodiment XLI

The compound of Embodiment I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt orsolvate thereof; selected from the group consisting of:

-   (S)-1-(6-(4-(2-(piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethane-1,2-diol;-   6-(4-(2-(2-oxo-2-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)acetyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)    picolinamide;-   6-(4-(2-((cyclopentylamino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide-   methyl    6-(4-(2-(cyano(hydroxy)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)    picolinate;-   6-(4-(2-(2-hydroxyethyl)(methyl)carbamoyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)    picolinamide;-   6-(4-(2-(pyrrolidine-1-carbonyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide;-   6-(4-(2-(4-methylpiperazine-1-carbonyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)    phenoxy)phenyl) picolinamide;-   6-(4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide;-   6-(4-(2-(diethylcarbamoyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide;-   6-(4-(2-(3-oxopiperazine-1-carbonyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide;-   6-(4-(2-(1-hydroxy-2-oxo-2-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)ethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)    picolinamide;-   (Z)-6-(4-(2-((2,4-dioxothiazolidin-5-ylidene)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide;-   2-(4-(6-carbamoylpyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzoic    acid;-   6-(4-(2-(2-oxo-1,2-di(pyrrolidin-1-yl)ethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)    picolinamide;-   (1S)-1-(6-(4-(4-fluoro-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-1-hydroxyethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethane-1,2-diol;-   6-(4-(2-(2-oxo-1-(3-oxopiperazin-1-yl)-2-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)ethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)    phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide;-   6-(4-(2-(amino(cyano)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide;-   6-(4-(2-((thiazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide;-   (S)-2-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-N,N-diethyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)    benzenesulfonamide;-   6-(4-(2-(N,N-diethylsulfamoyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide;-   (R)-1-(2-(4-(2-(pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)ethane-1,2-diol;-   (S)-1-(2-(4-(2-(pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)ethane-1,2-diol;-   6-(4-(2-((ethyl(methyl)amino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide-   6-(4-(2-((diethylamino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)    picolinamide;-   6-(4-(2-((ethyl(2-hydroxyethyl)amino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide;-   6-(4-(2-((2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)(ethyl)amino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide;-   6-(4-(2-((3-carbamoylpiperidin-1-yl)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)    picolinamide;-   2-(4-(6-((S)-1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-N—((R)-2,3-dihydroxypropyl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide;-   (S)-2-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-N,N-diethyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)    benzamide;-   (S)-2-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-N-ethyl-N-methyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide;-   (2-(4-(6-((S)-1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)((S)-3-hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)methanone;-   (S)-2-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-N-ethyl-N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide;-   (S)-2-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-N-(2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)-N-ethyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide;-   1-(2-(4-(6-((S)-1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl)piperidine-3-carboxamide;-   (S)-2-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-N-(1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide;-   (S)-2-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide;-   (S)—N-((1H-tetrazol-5-yl)methyl)-2-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide;-   (S)-6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-2-(4-(2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)pyrimidine-4-carboxamide;-   6-(4-(2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide;-   2-(6-carbamoyl-2-(4-(2-((diethylamino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)ethyl    acetate;-   2-(4-(2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)pyrimidine-4-carboxamide;-   (S)-2-(4-(2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-6-((2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)pyrimidine-4-carboxamide;-   6-(2-(1H-imidazol-1-yl)ethyl)-2-(4-(2-(morpholinomethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)pyrimidine-4-carboxamide;-   (S)-2-(4-(2-(2-(dimethylamino)pyrimidin-5-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-6-((2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)pyrimidine-4-carboxamide;-   (S)-2-(4-(2-(5-(dimethylamino)pyrazin-2-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-6-((2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)pyrimidine-4-carboxamide;-   (S)-2-(4-(2-((diethylamino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyrimidine-4-carboxamide;-   6-carbamoyl-2-(4-(2-((diethylamino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)pyrimidine-4-carboxylic    acid;-   6-carbamoyl-2-(4-(2-(morpholinomethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)pyrimidine-4-carboxylic    acid;-   (R)-2-(4-(2-((diethylamino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyrimidine-4-carboxamide;-   (S)-6-((1-amino-1-oxopropan-2-yl)amino)-2-(4-(2-(5-(dimethylamino)pyrazin-2-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)pyrimidine-4-carboxamide;-   (S)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)    phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide;-   (S)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide;-   (S)-6-(4-(2-(1-(azetidin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-chlorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)picolinamide;-   (S)-6-(4-(2-(1-(azetidin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-chlorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)picolinamide;-   (S)-2-(4-(2-(1-(azetidin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-chlorophenoxy)phenyl)-6-((2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)pyrimidine-4-carboxamide;-   (S)-6-((1-amino-1-oxopropan-2-yl)amino)-2-(4-(2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)pyrimidine-4-carboxamide;-   (S)-6-((1-amino-1-oxopropan-2-yl)amino)-2-(4-(2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenoxy)phenyl)pyrimidine-4-carboxamide;-   (S)-6-((1-amino-1-oxopropan-2-yl)amino)-2-(4-(2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)    phenoxy)phenyl)pyrimidine-4-carboxamide;-   (S)-2-(4-(4-chloro-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenoxy)phenyl)-6-((2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)pyrimidine-4-carboxamide,-   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.

Embodiment XLII

A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of any one ofEmbodiments I-XLI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvatethereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

Embodiment XLIII

A method of treating a disorder responsive to the blockade of sodiumchannels in a mammal suffering from said disorder, comprisingadministering to a mammal in need of such treatment an effective amountof a compound of any one of Embodiments I-XLI, or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt or solvate thereof.

Embodiment XLIV

The method of Embodiment XLIII, wherein a disorder responsive to theblockade of TTX resistant sodium channels is treated.

Embodiment XLV

The method of Embodiment XLIV, wherein a disorder responsive to theblockade of TTX sensitive sodium channels is treated.

Embodiment XLVI

The method of Embodiment XLV, wherein a disorder responsive to theblockade of Na_(v)1.7 sodium channels is treated.

Embodiment XLVII

A method for treating stroke, neuronal damage resulting from headtrauma, epilepsy, seizures, neuronal loss following global and focalischemia, pain, migraine, primary erythromelalgia, paroxysmal extremepain disorder, cerebellar atrophy, ataxia, mental retardation, aneurodegenerative disorder, manic depression, tinnitus, myotonia, amovement disorder, or cardiac arrhythmia, or providing local anesthesiain a mammal, comprising administering an effective amount of a compoundof any one of Embodiments I-XLI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltor solvate thereof, to a mammal in need of such treatment.

Embodiment XLVIII

The method of Embodiment XLVII, wherein said method is for treatingpain.

Embodiment XLIX

The method of Embodiment XLVIII, wherein said method is for preemptiveor palliative treatment of pain.

Embodiment L

The method of Embodiment XLIX, wherein said pain is selected from thegroup consisting of chronic pain, inflammatory pain, neuropathic pain,acute pain, and surgical pain.

Embodiment LI

A method of modulating sodium channels in a mammal, comprisingadministering to the mammal at least one compound of any one ofEmbodiments I-XLI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvatethereof.

Embodiment LII

The method of Embodiment LI, wherein the Nav1.7 sodium channel ismodulated.

Embodiment LIII

A pharmaceutical composition, comprising the compound of any one ofEmbodiments I-XLI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvatethereof, for treating a disorder responsive to the blockade of sodiumion channels.

Embodiment LIV

A compound of any one of Embodiments I-XLI, or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt or solvate thereof, for use in treating a disorderresponsive to the blockade of sodium ion channels.

Embodiment LV

A method of preparing a pharmaceutical composition, comprising admixinga therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any one ofEmbodiments I-XLI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvatethereof, with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

The present disclosure further provides the compound as defined in anyone of Embodiments I-XLI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt orsolvate thereof, for use in treating a disorder responsive to theblockade of sodium ion channels.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “alkyl” as used byitself or as part of another group refers to a straight- orbranched-chain aliphatic hydrocarbon containing one to twelve, i.e.,i.e. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12, carbon atoms (i.e., C₁₋₁₂alkyl) or the number of carbon atoms designated (i.e., a C₁ alkyl suchas methyl, a C₂ alkyl such as ethyl, a C₃ alkyl such as propyl orisopropyl, etc.). In one embodiment, the alkyl group is chosen from astraight chain C₁₋₁₀ alkyl group. In another embodiment, the alkyl groupis chosen from a branched chain C₃₋₁₀ alkyl group. In anotherembodiment, the alkyl group is chosen from a straight chain C₁₋₆ alkylgroup. In another embodiment, the alkyl group is chosen from a branchedchain C₃₋₆ alkyl group. In another embodiment, the alkyl group is chosenfrom a straight chain C₁₋₄ alkyl group. In another embodiment, the alkylgroup is chosen from a branched chain C₃₋₄ alkyl group. In anotherembodiment, the alkyl group is chosen from a straight or branched chainC₃₋₄ alkyl group. Non-limiting exemplary C₁₋₁₀ alkyl groups includemethyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl,iso-butyl, 3-pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, and the like.Non-limiting exemplary C₁₋₄ alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl,isopropyl, butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, and iso-butyl.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “optionallysubstituted alkyl” as used by itself or as part of another group meansthat the alkyl as defined above is either unsubstituted or substitutedwith one, two, or three substituents independently chosen from nitro,haloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, alkylthio, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl,arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxy,carboxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, and the like. In one embodiment, theoptionally substituted alkyl is substituted with two substituents. Inanother embodiment, the optionally substituted alkyl is substituted withone substituent. Non-limiting exemplary optionally substituted alkylgroups include —CH₂CH₂NO₂, —CH₂CH₂CO₂H, —CH—₂CH₂SO₂CH₃, —CH₂CH₂COPh,—CH₂C₆H₁₁, and the like.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “cycloalkyl” as usedby itself or as part of another group refers to saturated and partiallyunsaturated (containing one or two double bonds) cyclic aliphatichydrocarbons containing one to three rings having from three to twelvecarbon atoms (i.e., C₃₋₁₂ cycloalkyl) or the number of carbonsdesignated. In one embodiment, the cycloalkyl group has two rings. Inone embodiment, the cycloalkyl group has one ring. In one embodiment,the cycloalkyl group is a saturated cyclic aliphatic hydrocarboncontaining one or two rings, preferably one ring, and having 3, 4, 5, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12 carbon atoms. In another embodiment, thecycloalkyl group is chosen from a C₃₋₈ cycloalkyl group. In anotherembodiment, the cycloalkyl group is chosen from a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group.Non-limiting exemplary cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl,cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, norbornyl,decalin, adamantyl, cyclohexenyl, and the like.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “optionallysubstituted cycloalkyl” as used by itself or as part of another groupmeans that the cycloalkyl as defined above is either unsubstituted orsubstituted with one, two, or three substituents independently chosenfrom halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino,haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy,alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl,alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl,alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclo,alkoxyalkyl, (amino)alkyl, hydroxyalkylamino, (alkylamino)alkyl,(dialkylamino)alkyl, (cyano)alkyl, (carboxamido)alkyl, mercaptoalkyl,(heterocyclo)alkyl, and (heteroaryl)alkyl. In one embodiment, theoptionally substituted cycloalkyl is substituted with two substituents.In another embodiment, the optionally substituted cycloalkyl issubstituted with one substituent. Non-limiting exemplary optionallysubstituted cycloalkyl groups include:

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “cycloalkenyl” asused by itself or part of another group refers to a partiallyunsaturated cycloalkyl group as defined above. In one embodiment, thecycloalkenyl has one carbon-to-carbon double bond. In anotherembodiment, the cycloalkenyl group is chosen from a C₄₋₈ cycloalkenylgroup having 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 carbon atoms. Exemplary cycloalkenylgroups include cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl and the like.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “optionallysubstituted cycloalkenyl” as used by itself or as part of another groupmeans that the cycloalkenyl as defined above is either unsubstituted orsubstituted with one, two, or three substituents independently chosenfrom halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino,haloalkyl, monohydroxyalkyl, dihydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy,aryloxy, aralkyloxy, alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl,arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxy,carboxyalkyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl,heterocyclo, alkoxyalkyl, (amino)alkyl, hydroxyalkylamino,(alkylamino)alkyl, (dialkylamino)alkyl, (cyano)alkyl,(carboxamido)alkyl, mercaptoalkyl, (heterocyclo)alkyl, and(heteroaryl)alkyl. In one embodiment, the optionally substitutedcycloalkenyl is substituted with two substituents. In anotherembodiment, the optionally substituted cycloalkenyl is substituted withone substituent. In another embodiment, the cycloalkenyl isunsubstituted.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “alkenyl” as used byitself or as part of another group refers to an alkyl group as definedabove containing one, two or three carbon-to-carbon double bonds. In oneembodiment, the alkenyl group is chosen from a C₂₋₆ alkenyl group having2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 carbon atoms. In another embodiment, the alkenyl groupis chosen from a C₂₋₄ alkenyl group having 2, 3, or 4 carbon atoms.Non-limiting exemplary alkenyl groups include ethenyl, propenyl,isopropenyl, butenyl, sec-butenyl, pentenyl, and hexenyl.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “optionallysubstituted alkenyl” as used herein by itself or as part of anothergroup means the alkenyl as defined above is either unsubstituted orsubstituted with one, two or three substituents independently chosenfrom halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino,haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy,alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl,alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl,alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclo.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “alkynyl” as used byitself or as part of another group refers to an alkyl group as definedabove containing one to three carbon-to-carbon triple bonds. In oneembodiment, the alkynyl has one carbon-to-carbon triple bond. In oneembodiment, the alkynyl group is chosen from a C₂₋₆ alkynyl group having2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 carbon atoms. In another embodiment, the alkynyl groupis chosen from a C₂₋₄ alkynyl group having 2, 3 or 4 carbon atoms.Non-limiting exemplary alkynyl groups include ethynyl, propynyl,butynyl, 2-butynyl, pentynyl, and hexynyl groups.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “optionallysubstituted alkynyl” as used herein by itself or as part of anothergroup means the alkynyl as defined above is either unsubstituted orsubstituted with one, two or three substituents independently chosenfrom halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino,haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy,alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl,alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl,alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclo.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “haloalkyl” as usedby itself or as part of another group refers to an alkyl groupsubstituted by one or more fluorine, chlorine, bromine and/or iodineatoms. In one embodiment, the alkyl group is substituted by one, two, orthree fluorine and/or chlorine atoms. In another embodiment, thehaloalkyl group is chosen from a C₁₋₄ haloalkyl group. Non-limitingexemplary haloalkyl groups include fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl,trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, 1,1-difluoroethyl, 2,2-difluoroethyl,2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl, 4,4,4-trifluorobutyl, andtrichloromethyl groups.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “(hydroxy)haloalkyl”as used by itself or as part of another group refers to an alkyl groupsubstituted by one or more halogen atoms and one hydroxy group. Anon-limiting exemplary (hydroxy)haloalkyl group is —CH(OH)CF₃.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “hydroxyalkyl” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to an alkyl groupsubstituted with one or more, e.g., one, two, or three, hydroxy groups.In one embodiment, the hydroxyalkyl group is a monohydroxyalkyl group,i.e., substituted with one hydroxy group. In another embodiment, thehydroxyalkyl group is a dihydroxyalkyl group, i.e., substituted with twohydroxy groups. In another embodiment, the hydroxyalkyl group is chosenfrom a C₁₋₄ hydroxyalkyl group. Non-limiting exemplary hydroxyalkylgroups include hydroxymethyl, hydroxyethyl, hydroxypropyl andhydroxybutyl groups, such as 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl,1,2-dihydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxypropyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, 3-hydroxybutyl,4-hydroxybutyl, 2-hydroxy-1-methylpropyl, and 1,3-dihydroxyprop-2-yl.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “(cycloalkyl)alkyl”as used by itself or as part of another group refers to an alkyl groupsubstituted with at least one optionally substituted cycloalkyl group.Non-limiting exemplary (cycloalkyl)alkyl groups include:

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term“hydroxy(cycloalkyl)alkyl” as used by itself or as part of another grouprefers to (cycloalkyl)alkyl group substituted with at least one hydroxygroup. The hydroxy group(s) can be at any available position.Non-limiting exemplary hydroxy(cycloalkyl)alkyl groups include:

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “alkoxy” as used byitself or as part of another group refers to an optionally substitutedalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkenylor optionally substituted alkynyl attached to a terminal oxygen atom. Inone embodiment, the alkoxy group is chosen from a C₁₋₄ alkoxy group. Inanother embodiment, the alkoxy group is chosen from a C₁₋₄ alkylattached to a terminal oxygen atom, e.g., methoxy, ethoxy, andtert-butoxy.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “alkylthio” as usedby itself or as part of another group refers to a sulfur atomsubstituted by an optionally substituted alkyl group. In one embodiment,the alkylthio group is chosen from a C₁₋₄ alkylthio group. Non-limitingexemplary alkylthio groups include —SCH₃, and —SCH₂CH₃.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “alkoxyalkyl” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to an alkyl groupsubstituted with an alkoxy group. Non-limiting exemplary alkoxyalkylgroups include methoxymethyl, methoxyethyl, methoxypropyl, methoxybutyl,ethoxymethyl, ethoxyethyl, ethoxypropyl, ethoxybutyl, propoxymethyl,iso-propoxymethyl, propoxyethyl, propoxypropyl, butoxymethyl,tert-butoxymethyl, isobutoxymethyl, sec-butoxymethyl, andpentyloxymethyl.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “heteroalkyl” asused by itself or part of another group refers to a stable straight orbranched chain hydrocarbon radical containing 1 to 10, i.e. 1, 2, 3, 4,5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10, carbon atoms and at least two heteroatoms, whichcan be the same or different, selected from O, N, or S, wherein: 1) thenitrogen atom(s) and sulfur atom(s) can optionally be oxidized; and/or2) the nitrogen atom(s) can optionally be quaternized. The heteroatomscan be placed at any interior position of the heteroalkyl group or at aposition at which the heteroalkyl group is attached to the remainder ofthe molecule. In one embodiment, the heteroalkyl group contains twooxygen atoms. Non-limiting exemplary heteroalkyl groups include—CH₂OCH₂CH₂OCH₃, —OCH₂CH₂OCH₂CH₂OCH₃, —CH—₂NHCH₂CH₂OCH₂, —OCH₂CH₂NH₂,and —NHCH₂CH₂N(H)CH₃.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “haloalkoxy” as usedby itself or as part of another group refers to a haloalkyl attached toa terminal oxygen atom. Non-limiting exemplary haloalkoxy groups includefluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, and2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “aryl” as used byitself or as part of another group refers to a monocyclic or bicyclicaromatic ring system having from six to fourteen, i.e. 6, 7, 8, 9, 10,11, 12, 13 or 14, carbon atoms (i.e., C₆-C₄ aryl). Non-limitingexemplary aryl groups include phenyl (abbreviated as “Ph”), naphthyl,phenanthryl, anthracyl, indenyl, azulenyl, biphenyl, biphenylenyl, andfluorenyl groups. In one embodiment, the aryl group is chosen fromphenyl or naphthyl.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “optionallysubstituted aryl” as used herein by itself or as part of another groupmeans that the aryl as defined above is either unsubstituted orsubstituted with one to five substituents independently chosen fromhalo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, haloalkyl,hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, aralkyloxy,alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl,alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl,alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclo,alkoxyalkyl, (amino)alkyl, hydroxyalkylamino, (alkylamino)alkyl,(dialkylamino)alkyl, (cyano)alkyl, (carboxamido)alkyl, mercaptoalkyl,(heterocyclo)alkyl, (cycloalkylamino)alkyl, (C₁-C₄ haloalkoxy)alkyl, or(heteroaryl)alkyl. In one embodiment, the optionally substituted aryl isan optionally substituted phenyl. In one embodiment, the optionallysubstituted phenyl has four substituents. In another embodiment, theoptionally substituted phenyl has three substituents. In anotherembodiment, the optionally substituted phenyl has two substituents. Inanother embodiment, the optionally substituted phenyl has onesubstituent. Non-limiting exemplary substituted aryl groups include2-methylphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl,2-bromophenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 3-fluorophenyl,3-chlorophenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 4-ethylphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl,4-fluorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 2,6-di-fluorophenyl,2,6-di-chlorophenyl, 2-methyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 2-ethyl,3-methoxyphenyl, 3,4-di-methoxyphenyl, 3,5-di-fluorophenyl3,5-di-methylphenyl, 3,5-dimethoxy, 4-methylphenyl,2-fluoro-3-chlorophenyl, and 3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl. The termoptionally substituted aryl is meant to include groups having fusedoptionally substituted cycloalkyl and fused optionally substitutedheterocyclo rings. Examples include

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “aryloxy” as used byitself or as part of another group refers to an optionally substitutedaryl attached to a terminal oxygen atom. A non-limiting exemplaryaryloxy group is PhO—.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “heteroaryloxy” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to an optionallysubstituted heteroaryl attached to a terminal oxygen atom. Non-limitingexemplary heteroaryloxy groups include:

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “aralkyloxy” as usedby itself or as part of another group refers to an aralkyl groupattached to a terminal oxygen atom. A non-limiting exemplary aralkyloxygroup is PhCH₂O—.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “heteroaryl” or“heteroaromatic” refers to monocyclic and bicyclic aromatic ring systemshaving 5 to 14 ring atoms (i.e., C₅-C₁₄ heteroaryl) and 1, 2, 3, or 4heteroatoms independently chosen from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur. Inone embodiment, the heteroaryl has three heteroatoms. In anotherembodiment, the heteroaryl has two heteroatoms. In another embodiment,the heteroaryl has one heteroatom. In one embodiment, the heteroaryl isa C₅ heteroaryl. In another embodiment, the heteroaryl is a C₆heteroaryl. Non-limiting exemplary heteroaryl groups include thienyl,benzo[b]thienyl, naphtho[2,3-b]thienyl, thianthrenyl, furyl, benzofuryl,pyranyl, isobenzofuranyl, benzooxazonyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl,2H-pyrrolyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl,pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, indazolyl,purinyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl,cinnolinyl, quinazolinyl, pteridinyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, carbazolyl,β-carbolinyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, pyrimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl,phenazinyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, phenothiazolyl, isoxazolyl,furazanyl, and phenoxazinyl. In one embodiment, the heteroaryl is chosenfrom thienyl (e.g., thien-2-yl and thien-3-yl), furyl (e.g., 2-furyl and3-furyl), pyrrolyl (e.g., 1H-pyrrol-2-yl and 1H-pyrrol-3-yl), imidazolyl(e.g., 2H-imidazol-2-yl and 2H-imidazol-4-yl), pyrazolyl (e.g.,1H-pyrazol-3-yl, 1H-pyrazol-4-yl, and 1H-pyrazol-5-yl), pyridyl (e.g.,pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yl, and pyridin-4-yl), pyrimidinyl (e.g.,pyrimidin-2-yl, pyrimidin-4-yl, and pyrimidin-5-yl), thiazolyl (e.g.,thiazol-2-yl, thiazol-4-yl, and thiazol-5-yl), isothiazolyl (e.g.,isothiazol-3-yl, isothiazol-4-yl, and isothiazol-5-yl), oxazolyl (e.g.,oxazol-2-yl, oxazol-4-yl, and oxazol-5-yl) and isoxazolyl (e.g.,isoxazol-3-yl, isoxazol-4-yl, and isoxazol-5-yl). The term “heteroaryl”is also meant to include possible N-oxides. Exemplary N-oxides includepyridyl N-oxide and the like.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “optionallysubstituted heteroaryl” as used by itself or as part of another groupmeans that the heteroaryl as defined above is either unsubstituted orsubstituted with one to four substituents, e.g., one or twosubstituents, independently chosen from halo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy,amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, haloalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy,haloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, alkylthio, carboxamido, sulfonamido,alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, ureido,guanidino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl,aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclo, alkoxyalkyl, (amino)alkyl,hydroxyalkylamino, (alkylamino)alkyl, (dialkylamino)alkyl, (cyano)alkyl,(carboxamido)alkyl, mercaptoalkyl, (heterocyclo)alkyl, and(heteroaryl)alkyl. In one embodiment, the optionally substitutedheteroaryl has one substituent. In one embodiment, the optionallysubstituted is an optionally substituted pyridyl, i.e., 2-, 3-, or4-pyridyl. Any available carbon or nitrogen atom can be substituted. Inanother embodiment, the optionally substituted heteroaryl is anoptionally substituted indole.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “heterocycle” or“heterocyclo” as used by itself or as part of another group refers tosaturated and partially unsaturated (e.g., containing one or two doublebonds) cyclic groups containing one, two, or three rings having fromthree to fourteen ring members (i.e., a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, 8-, 9-, 10-,11-, 12-, 13- or 14-membered heterocyclo) and at least one heteroatom.Each heteroatom is independently selected from the group consisting ofoxygen, sulfur, including sulfoxide and sulfone, and/or nitrogen atoms,which can be quaternized. The term “heterocyclo” is meant to includecyclic ureido groups such as 2-imidazolidinone and cyclic amide groupssuch as β-lactam, γ-lactam, δ-lactam and ε-lactam. The term“heterocyclo” is also meant to include groups having fused optionallysubstituted aryl groups, e.g., indolinyl. In one embodiment, theheterocyclo group is chosen from a 5- or 6-membered cyclic groupcontaining one ring and one or two oxygen and/or nitrogen atoms. Theheterocyclo can be optionally linked to the rest of the molecule througha carbon or nitrogen atom. Non-limiting exemplary heterocyclo groupsinclude 2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl, 2-imidazolidinone, piperidinyl,morpholinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, and indolinyl.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “optionallysubstituted heterocyclo” as used herein by itself or part of anothergroup means the heterocyclo as defined above is either unsubstituted orsubstituted with one to four substituents independently selected fromhalo, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, haloalkyl,hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkyloxy, alkylthio,carboxamido, sulfonamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl,arylsulfonyl, ureido, guanidino, carboxy, carboxyalkyl, alkyl,cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclo,alkoxyalkyl, (amino)alkyl, hydroxyalkylamino, (alkylamino)alkyl,(dialkylamino)alkyl, (cyano)alkyl, (carboxamido)alkyl, mercaptoalkyl,(heterocyclo)alkyl, (heteroaryl)alkyl, and the like. Substitution mayoccur on any available carbon or nitrogen atom, and may form aspirocycle. Non-limiting exemplary optionally substituted heterocyclogroups include:

Preferably, the term “optionally substituted heterocyclo” also covers aheterocycle, which is substituted with one to four substituentsindependently selected from the above listed substituents furtherincluding a fused benzo group, wherein the benzo group is optionallysubstituted with one or more halogen atoms, and further including oxo(═O).

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “amino” as used byitself or as part of another group refers to —NH₂.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “alkylamino” as usedby itself or as part of another group refers to —NHR¹⁵, wherein R¹⁵ isalkyl.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “dialkylamino” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to —NR^(16a)R^(16b),wherein R^(16a) and R^(16b) are each independently alkyl or R^(16a) andR^(16b) are taken together to form a 3- to 8-membered optionallysubstituted heterocyclo.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “hydroxyalkylamino”as used by itself or as part of another group refers to —NHR¹⁷, whereinR¹⁷ is hydroxyalkyl.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “arylamino” as usedby itself or as part of another group refers to —NR^(18a)R^(18b),wherein R^(18a) is optionally substituted aryl and R^(18b) is hydrogenor alkyl.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “cycloalkylamino” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to —NR^(19a)R^(19b),wherein R^(19a) is optionally substituted cycloalkyl and R^(19b) ishydrogen or alkyl.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “heteroarylamino” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to —NR^(20a)R^(20b)wherein R^(21a) is optionally substituted heteroaryl and R^(20b) ishydrogen or alkyl.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “heterocycloamino”as used by itself or as part of another group refers to —NR^(21a)R^(21b)wherein R^(21a) is optionally substituted heterocyclo and R^(21b) ishydrogen or alkyl.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “(amino)alkyl” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to an alkyl groupsubstituted with an amino group. Non-limiting exemplary amino alkylgroups include —CH₂CH₂NH₂, —CH₂CH₂CH₂NH₂, —CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂NH₂ and the like.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “diaminoalkyl” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to an alkyl groupsubstituted with two amino groups. A non-limiting exemplary diaminoalkylincludes —CH₂CH(NH₂)CH₂CH₂NH₂.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “(alkylamino)alkyl”as used by itself or as part of another group refers to an alkyl groupsubstituted with an alkylamino group. A non-limiting exemplary(alkylamino)alkyl group is —CH₂CH₂N(H)CH₃.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term“(dialkylamino)alkyl” as used by itself or as part of another grouprefers to an alkyl group substituted by a dialkylamino group. Anon-limiting exemplary (dialkylamino)alkyl group is —CH₂CH₂N(CH₃)₂.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term“(cycloalkylamino)alkyl” as used by itself or as part of another grouprefers to an alkyl group substituted by a cycloalkylamino group.Non-limiting exemplary (cycloalkylamino)alkyl groups include—CH₂N(H)cyclopropyl, —CH₂N(H)cyclobutyl, and —CH₂N(H)cyclohexyl.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “(C₁-C₄haloalkoxy)alkyl” as used by itself or as part of another group refersto an alkyl group substituted by a C₁-C₄ haloalkoxy group. Non-limitingexemplary (C₁-C₄ haloalkoxy)alkyl groups include —CH₂OCH₂CF₃ and—CH₂OCF₃.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “(cyano)alkyl” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to an alkyl groupsubstituted with one or more cyano, e.g., —CN, groups. Non-limitingexemplary (cyano)alkyl groups include —CH₂CH₂CN, —CH₂CH₂CH₂CN, and—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂CN.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term“(hydroxy)(cyano)alkyl” as used by itself or as part of another grouprefers to an alkyl group substituted with a cyano group and a hydroxygroup. A non-limiting exemplary (hydroxy)(cyano)alkyl group is—CH(OH)CN.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term“(amino)(cyano)alkyl” as used by itself or as part of another grouprefers to an alkyl group substituted with a cyano group and an aminogroup. A non-limiting exemplary (amino)(cyano)alkyl group is —CH(NH₂)CN.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term“(heteroarylamino)alkyl” as used by itself or as part of another grouprefers to an alkyl group substituted with one heteroarylamino group. Anon-limiting exemplary (heteroarylamino)alkyl group is:

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “carboxamido” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to a radical offormula —C(═O)NR^(24a)R^(24b), wherein R^(24a) and R^(24b) are eachindependently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, optionallysubstituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl, or R^(24a) andR^(24b) taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached froma 3- to 8-membered heterocyclo group. In one embodiment, R^(24a) andR^(24b) are each independently hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl.Non-limiting exemplary carboxamido groups include —CONH₂, —CON(H)CH₃,CON(CH₃)₂, and CON(H)Ph.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “sulfonamido” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to a radical of theformula —SO₂NR^(23a)R^(23b), wherein R^(23a) and R^(23b) are eachindependently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or optionallysubstituted aryl, or R^(23a) and R^(23b) taken together with thenitrogen to which they are attached from a 3- to 8-membered heterocyclogroup. Non-limiting exemplary sulfonamido groups include —SO₂NH₂,—SO₂N(H)CH₃, and —SO₂N(H)Ph.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “alkylcarbonyl” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to a carbonyl group,i.e., —C(═O)—, substituted by an alkyl group. A non-limiting exemplaryalkylcarbonyl group is —COCH₃.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “arylcarbonyl” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to a carbonyl group,i.e., —C(═O)—, substituted by an optionally substituted aryl group. Anon-limiting exemplary arylcarbonyl group is —COPh.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “alkylsulfonyl” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to a sulfonyl group,i.e., —SO₂—, substituted by any of the above-mentioned optionallysubstituted alkyl groups. A non-limiting exemplary alkylsulfonyl groupis —SO₂CH₃.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “arylsulfonyl” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to a sulfonyl group,i.e., —SO₂—, substituted by any of the above-mentioned optionallysubstituted aryl groups. A non-limiting exemplary arylsulfonyl group is—SO₂Ph.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “mercaptoalkyl” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to any of theabove-mentioned alkyl groups substituted by a —SH group.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “carboxy” as used byitself or as part of another group refers to a radical of the formula—COOH.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “carboxyalkyl” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to any of theabove-mentioned alkyl groups substituted with a —COOH. A non-limitingexemplary carboxyalkyl group is —CH₂CO₂H.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “alkoxycarbonyl” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to a carbonyl group,i.e., —C(═O)—, substituted by an alkoxy group. Non-limiting exemplaryalkoxycarbonyl groups are —CO₂Me and —CO₂Et.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “acetoxy” as used byitself or as part of another group refers to a radical of the formulaCH₃(C═O)—O—.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “(acetoxy)alkyl” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to an alkyl groupsubstituted with an acetoxy group. A non-limiting exemplary(acetoxy)alkyl is —CH₂CH₂—O—(C═O)CH₃.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “aralkyl” as used byitself or as part of another group refers to an alkyl group substitutedwith one, two, or three optionally substituted aryl groups. In oneembodiment, the aralkyl group is a C₁₋₄ alkyl substituted with oneoptionally substituted aryl group. Non-limiting exemplary aralkyl groupsinclude benzyl, phenethyl, —CHPh₂, and —CH(4-F-Ph)₂.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “ureido” as used byitself or as part of another group refers to a radical of the formula—NR^(22a)—C(═O)—NR^(22b)R^(22c), wherein R^(22a) is hydrogen, alkyl, oroptionally substituted aryl, and R^(22b) and R^(22c) are eachindependently hydrogen, alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl, orR^(22b) and R^(22c) taken together with the nitrogen to which they areattached form a 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, or to 8-membered heterocyclo group.Non-limiting exemplary ureido groups include —NH—C(C═O)—NH₂ and—NH—C(C═O)—NHCH₃.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “guanidino” as usedby itself or as part of another group refers to a radical of the formula—NR^(25a)—C(═NR²⁶)—NR^(25b)R^(25c), wherein R^(25a), R^(25b), andR^(25c) are each independently hydrogen, alkyl, or optionallysubstituted aryl, and R²⁶ is hydrogen, alkyl, cyano, alkylsulfonyl,alkylcarbonyl, carboxamido, or sulfonamido. Non-limiting exemplaryguanidino groups include —NH—C(═NH)—NH₂, —NH—C(═NCN)—NH₂,—NH—C(═NH)—NHCH₃ and the like.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “azido” as used byitself or as part of another group refers to a radical of the formula—N₃.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “(heterocyclo)alkyl”as used by itself or as part of another group refers to an alkyl groupsubstituted with one, two, or three optionally substituted heterocyclogroups. In one embodiment, the (heterocyclo)alkyl is a C₁₋₄ alkylsubstituted with one optionally substituted heterocyclo group.Non-limiting exemplary (heterocyclo)alkyl groups include:

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term“optionally-substituted (heterocyclo)alkyl” as used by itself or as partof another group refers to a (heterocyclo)alkyl group which isoptionally substituted at the heterocyclo and/or alkyl moieties withone, two, three, four, five, or six same or different substituents.Suitable optional substituents include those for an alkyl group andthose for a heterocyclo group (as above defined).

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “(heteroaryl)alkyl”as used by itself or as part of another group refers to an alkyl groupsubstituted with one, two, or three optionally substituted heteroarylgroups. In one embodiment, the (heteroaryl)alkyl group is a C₁₋₄ alkylsubstituted with one optionally substituted heteroaryl group.Non-limiting exemplary (heteroaryl)alkyl groups include:

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “alkylcarbonylamino”as used by itself or as part of another group refers to an alkylcarbonylgroup attached to an amino. A non-limiting exemplary alkylcarbonylaminogroup is —NHCOCH₃.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “heteroalkyl” asused by itself or part of another group refers to a stable straight orbranched chain hydrocarbon radical containing 1 to 10, i.e. 1, 2, 3, 4,5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10, carbon atoms and at least two heteroatoms, whichcan be the same or different, selected from O, N, or S, wherein: 1) thenitrogen atom(s) and sulfur atom(s) can optionally be oxidized; and/or2) the nitrogen atom(s) can optionally be quaternized. The heteroatomscan be placed at any interior position or terminal position of theheteroalkyl group, or at a position at which the heteroalkyl group isattached to the remainder of the molecule. In one embodiment, theheteroalkyl group contains two oxygen atoms. In another embodiment, theheteroalkyl group contains two nitrogen atoms. In other embodiment, theheteroalkyl group contains one nitrogen atom and one oxygen atom.Non-limiting exemplary heteroalkyl groups include:

—CH₂N(H)CH₂CH₂N(CH₃)₂; —CH₂N(CH₃)CH₂CH₂N(CH₃)₂;—CH₂N(H)CH₂CH₂CH₂N(CH₃)₂; —CH₂N(H)CH₂CH₂OH; —CH₂N(CH₃)CH₂CH₂OH;—CH₂OCH₂CH₂OCH₃, —OCH₂CH₂OCH₂CH₂OCH₃; —CH₂NHCH₂CH₂OCH₂; —OCH₂CH₂NH₂; and—NHCH₂CH₂N(H)CH₃.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “(heterocyclo)alkyl”as used by itself or as part of another group refers to an alkyl groupsubstituted with one optionally substituted heterocyclo group, andoptionally one hydroxy group. In one embodiment, the (heterocyclo)alkylis a C₁₋₄ alkyl substituted with one optionally substituted heterocyclogroup and one hydroxy group. In another embodiment, the(heterocyclo)alkyl is a C₁₋₄ alkyl substituted with one optionallysubstituted heterocyclo group. Non-limiting exemplary (heterocyclo)alkylgroups include:

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “(carboxamido)alkyl”as used by itself or as part of another group refers to an alkyl groupsubstituted with one carboxamido group, and optionally one heterocyclo,amino, alkylamino, or dialkylamino group. In one embodiment, the(carboxamido)alkyl is a C₁₋₄ alkyl substituted with one carboxamidogroup, and optionally one heterocyclo, amino, alkylamino, ordialkylamino group. In another embodiment, the (carboxamido)alkyl is aC₁₋₄ alkyl substituted with one carboxamido group and one heterocyclo,amino, alkylamino, or dialkylamino group. Non-limiting exemplary(carboxamido)alkyl groups include —CH₂CONH₂, —C(H)CH₃—CONH₂,—CH₂CON(H)CH₃,

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term“heterocycloalkylamino” as used by itself or as part of another grouprefers to —NHR^(17a), wherein R^(17a) is heterocycloalkyl. Anon-limiting exemplary heterocycloalkylamino group is:

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term“(heterocycloalkylamino)alkyl” as used by itself or as part of anothergroup refers to an alkyl group substituted with oneheterocycloalkylamino group. In one embodiment,(heterocycloalkylamino)alkyl is a C₁₋₄ alkyl substituted with oneheterocycloalkylamino group. A non-limiting exemplary(heterocycloalkylamino)alkyl group is:

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term“(heterocycloamino)alkyl” as used by itself or as part of another grouprefers to an alkyl group substituted with one heterocycloamino group. Inone embodiment, the (heterocycloamino)alkyl is a C₁₋₄ alkyl substitutedwith one heterocycloamino group. Non-limiting exemplary(heterocyclo)alkyl groups include:

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “aralkylamino” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to —NR^(19c)R^(19d)wherein R^(19c) is any aralkyl group as “aralkyl” is defined above andR^(19d) is hydrogen or any alkyl group as “alkyl” is defined above.Non-limiting exemplary aralkylamino groups include:

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term“(aralkylamino)alkyl” as used by itself or as part of another grouprefers to an alkyl group substituted with one aralkylamino group. In oneembodiment, the (aralkylamino)alkyl is a C₁₋₄ alkyl substituted with onearalkylamino group. Non-limiting exemplary (aralkylamino)alkyl groupsinclude:

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “alkanolamine” asused by itself or part of another group refers to an alkyl groupsubstituted with one hydroxyl group and one amino, alkylamino, ordialkylamino group. The alkanolamine is optionally linked to the rest ofthe molecule through a carbon atom. In one embodiment, the alkanolamineis an ethanolamine. Non-limiting exemplary alkanolamine groups include:

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “(nitro)alkyl” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to an alkyl groupsubstituted with one nitro (—NO₂) group, and optionally one hydroxygroup. In one embodiment, the (nitro)alkyl is a C₁₋₄ alkyl substitutedwith one nitro group, and optionally one hydroxy group. Non-limitingexemplary (nitro)alkyl groups include —CH₂CH₂NO₂ and —CH(OH)CH₂NO₂.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “haloalkylamino” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to —N(H)R^(19f)wherein R^(19f) is any heteroalkyl group as “heteroalkyl” is definedabove. Non-limiting exemplary haloalkylamino groups include —N(H)CH₂CH₂Fand —N(H)CH₂CH₂CF₃.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term“(haloalkylamino)alkyl” as used by itself or as part of another grouprefers to an alkyl group substituted with one haloalkylamino group. Inone embodiment, the (haloalkylamino)alkyl is a C₁₋₄ alkyl substitutedwith one haloalkylamino group. Non-limiting exemplary haloalkylaminogroups include —CH₂N(H)CH₂CH₂F and —CH₂N(H)CH₂CH₂CF₃.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “(arylamino)alkyl”as used by itself or as part of another group refers to an alkyl groupsubstituted with one arylamino group. In one embodiment, the(arylamino)alkyl is a C₁₋₄ alkyl substituted with one arylamino group.Non-limiting exemplary (arylamino)alkyl groups include —CH₂N(H)Ph and—CH₂N(CH₃)Ph.

For the purpose of the present disclosure, the term “(aryloxy)alkyl” asused by itself or as part of another group refers to an alkyl groupsubstituted with one aryloxy group. In one embodiment, the(aryloxy)alkyl is a C₁₋₄ alkyl substituted with one aryloxy group.Non-limiting exemplary (aryloxy)alkyl groups include —CH₂OPh,—CH₂O—4-F-Ph, and —CH₂O—4-CN-Ph.

The present disclosure encompasses any of the Compounds of theDisclosure being isotopically-labelled (i.e., radiolabeled) by havingone or more atoms replaced by an atom having a different atomic mass ormass number. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into thedisclosed compounds include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen,oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine and chlorine, such as ²H, ³H, ¹¹C, ¹³C,¹⁴C, ¹⁵N, ¹⁸O, ¹⁷O, ³¹P, ³²P, ³⁵S, ¹⁸F, and ³⁶Cl, respectively, e.g.,³H, ¹¹C, and ¹⁴C. Isotopically-labeled Compounds of the Disclosure canbe prepared by methods known in the art.

The present disclosure encompasses ³H, ¹¹C, or ¹⁴C radiolabeledCompounds of the Disclosure and the use of any such compounds asradioligands for their ability to bind to the sodium channel. Forexample, one use of the labeled compounds of the present disclosure isthe characterization of specific receptor binding. Another use of alabeled Compound of the Disclosure is an alternative to animal testingfor the evaluation of structure-activity relationships. For example, thereceptor assay can be performed at a fixed concentration of a labeledCompound of the Disclosure and at increasing concentrations of a testcompound in a competition assay. For example, a tritiated Compound ofthe Disclosure can be prepared by introducing tritium into theparticular compound, for example, by catalytic dehalogenation withtritium. This method may include reacting a suitably halogen-substitutedprecursor of the compound with tritium gas in the presence of a suitablecatalyst, for example, Pd/C, in the presence or absence of a base. Othersuitable methods for preparing tritiated compounds can be found inFiler, Isotopes in the Physical and Biomedical Sciences, Vol. 1, LabeledCompounds (Part A), Chapter 6 (1987). ¹⁴C-labeled compounds can beprepared by employing starting materials having a ¹⁴C carbon.

Some of the Compounds of the Disclosure may contain one or moreasymmetric centers and may thus give rise to enantiomers, diastereomers,and other stereoisomeric forms. The present disclosure is meant toencompass the use of all such possible forms, as well as their racemicand resolved forms and mixtures thereof. The individual enantiomers canbe separated according to methods known in the art in view of thepresent disclosure. When the compounds described herein contain olefinicdouble bonds or other centers of geometric asymmetry, and unlessspecified otherwise, it is intended that they include both E and Zgeometric isomers. All tautomers are intended to be encompassed by thepresent disclosure as well.

As used herein, the term “stereoisomers” is a general term for allisomers of individual molecules that differ only in the orientation oftheir atoms in space. It includes enantiomers and isomers of compoundswith more than one chiral center that are not mirror images of oneanother (diastereomers).

The term “chiral center” refers to a carbon atom to which four differentgroups are attached.

The terms “enantiomer” and “enantiomeric” refer to a molecule thatcannot be superimposed on its mirror image and hence is optically activewherein the enantiomer rotates the plane of polarized light in onedirection and its mirror image compound rotates the plane of polarizedlight in the opposite direction.

The term “racemic” refers to a mixture of equal parts of enantiomers andwhich mixture is optically inactive.

The term “resolution” refers to the separation or concentration ordepletion of one of the two enantiomeric forms of a molecule.

The terms “a” and “an” refer to one or more.

The term “treat,” “treating” or “treatment” is meant to encompassadministering to a subject a compound of the present disclosure for thepurposes of amelioration or cure, including preemptive and palliativetreatment. In one embodiment, the term “treat,” “treating” or“treatment” is meant to encompass administering to a subject a compoundof the present disclosure for the purposes of amelioration or cure.

The term “about,” as used herein in connection with a measured quantity,refers to the normal variations in that measured quantity, as expectedby the skilled artisan making the measurement and exercising a level ofcare commensurate with the objective of measurement and the precision ofthe measuring equipment.

The present disclosure encompasses the preparation and use of salts ofthe Compounds of the Disclosure, including non-toxic pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable addition saltsinclude inorganic and organic acid addition salts and basic salts. Thepharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, metalsalts such as sodium salt, potassium salt, cesium salt and the like;alkaline earth metals such as calcium salt, magnesium salt and the like;organic amine salts such as triethylamine salt, pyridine salt, picolinesalt, ethanolamine salt, triethanolamine salt, dicyclohexylamine salt,N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine salt and the like; inorganic acid saltssuch as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, phosphate, sulphate and the like;organic acid salts such as citrate, lactate, tartrate, maleate,fumarate, mandelate, acetate, dichloroacetate, trifluoroacetate,oxalate, formate and the like; sulfonates such as methanesulfonate,benzenesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate and the like; and amino acid saltssuch as arginate, asparginate, glutamate and the like.

Acid addition salts can be formed by mixing a solution of the particularCompound of the Disclosure with a solution of a pharmaceuticallyacceptable non-toxic acid such as hydrochloric acid, fumaric acid,maleic acid, succinic acid, acetic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid,carbonic acid, phosphoric acid, oxalic acid, dichloroacetic acid, or thelike. Basic salts can be formed by mixing a solution of the compound ofthe present disclosure with a solution of a pharmaceutically acceptablenon-toxic base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, cholinehydroxide, sodium carbonate and the like.

The present disclosure encompasses the preparation and use of solvatesof Compounds of the Disclosure. Solvates typically do not significantlyalter the physiological activity or toxicity of the compounds, and assuch may function as pharmacological equivalents. The term “solvate” asused herein is a combination, physical association and/or solvation of acompound of the present disclosure with a solvent molecule such as, e.g.a disolvate, monosolvate or hemisolvate, where the ratio of solventmolecule to compound of the present disclosure is about 2:1, about 1:1or about 1:2, respectively. This physical association involves varyingdegrees of ionic and covalent bonding, including hydrogen bonding. Incertain instances, the solvate can be isolated, such as when one or moresolvent molecules are incorporated into the crystal lattice of acrystalline solid. Thus, “solvate” encompasses both solution-phase andisolatable solvates. Compounds of the Disclosure can be present assolvated forms with a pharmaceutically acceptable solvent, such aswater, methanol, ethanol, and the like, and it is intended that thedisclosure includes both solvated and unsolvated forms of Compounds ofthe Disclosure. One type of solvate is a hydrate. A “hydrate” relates toa particular subgroup of solvates where the solvent molecule is water.Solvates typically can function as pharmacological equivalents.Preparation of solvates is known in the art. See, for example, M. Cairaet al, J. Pharmaceut. Sci., 93(3):601-611 (2004), which describes thepreparation of solvates of fluconazole with ethyl acetate and withwater. Similar preparation of solvates, hemisolvates, hydrates, and thelike are described by E. C. van Tonder et al., AAPS Pharm. Sci. Tech.,5(1):Article 12 (2004), and A. L. Bingham et al., Chem. Commun. 603-604(2001). A typical, non-limiting, process of preparing a solvate wouldinvolve dissolving a Compound of the Disclosure in a desired solvent(organic, water, or a mixture thereof) at temperatures above 20° C. toabout 25° C., then cooling the solution at a rate sufficient to formcrystals, and isolating the crystals by known methods, e.g., filtration.Analytical techniques such as infrared spectroscopy can be used toconfirm the presence of the solvent in a crystal of the solvate.

Since Compounds of the Disclosure are blockers of sodium (Na⁺) channels,a number of diseases and conditions mediated by sodium ion influx can betreated by employing these compounds. The present disclosure is thusdirected generally to a method for treating a disorder responsive to theblockade of sodium channels in an animal suffering from, or at risk ofsuffering from, said disorder, said method comprising administering tothe animal an effective amount of one or more Compounds of theDisclosure.

The present disclosure is further directed to a method of modulatingsodium channels in an animal in need thereof, said method comprisingadministering to the animal a modulating-effective amount of at leastone Compound of the Disclosure.

More specifically, the present disclosure provides a method of treatingstroke, neuronal damage resulting from head trauma, epilepsy, neuronalloss following global and focal ischemia, pain (e.g., acute pain,chronic pain, which includes but is not limited to neuropathic pain,postoperative pain, and inflammatory pain, or surgical pain), aneurodegenerative disorder (e.g., Alzheimer's disease, amyotrophiclateral sclerosis (ALS), or Parkinson's disease), migraine, manicdepression, tinnitus, myotonia, a movement disorder, or cardiacarrhythmia, or providing local anesthesia. In one embodiment, thedisclosure provides a method of treating pain. In another embodiment,the type of pain is chronic pain. In another embodiment, the type ofpain is neuropathic pain. In another embodiment, the type of pain ispostoperative pain. In another embodiment, the type of pain isinflammatory pain. In another embodiment, the type of pain is surgicalpain. In another embodiment, the type of pain is acute pain. In anotherembodiment, the treatment of pain (e.g., chronic pain, such asneuropathic pain, postoperative pain, or inflammatory pain, acute painor surgical pain) is preemptive. In another embodiment, the treatment ofpain is palliative. In each instance, such method of treatment requiresadministering to an animal in need of such treatment an amount of aCompound of the Disclosure that is therapeutically effective inachieving said treatment. In one embodiment, the amount of such compoundis the amount that is effective to block sodium channels in vitro. Inone embodiment, the amount of such compound is the amount that iseffective to block sodium channels in vivo.

Chronic pain includes, but is not limited to, inflammatory pain,postoperative pain, cancer pain, osteoarthritis pain associated withmetastatic cancer, trigeminal neuralgia, acute herpetic and postherpeticneuralgia, diabetic neuropathy, causalgia, brachial plexus avulsion,occipital neuralgia, reflex sympathetic dystrophy, fibromyalgia, gout,phantom limb pain, burn pain, and other forms of neuralgia, neuropathic,and idiopathic pain syndromes.

Chronic somatic pain generally results from inflammatory responses totissue injury such as nerve entrapment, surgical procedures, cancer orarthritis (Brower, Nature Biotechnology 18:387-391 (2000)).

The inflammatory process is a complex series of biochemical and cellularevents activated in response to tissue injury or the presence of foreignsubstances (Levine, Inflammatory Pain, In: Textbook of Pain, Wall andMelzack eds., 3^(rd) ed., 1994). Inflammation often occurs at the siteof injured tissue, or foreign material, and contributes to the processof tissue repair and healing. The cardinal signs of inflammation includeerythema (redness), heat, edema (swelling), pain and loss of function(ibid.). The majority of patients with inflammatory pain do notexperience pain continually, but rather experience enhanced pain whenthe inflamed site is moved or touched. Inflammatory pain includes, butis not limited to, that associated with osteoarthritis and rheumatoidarthritis.

Chronic neuropathic pain is a heterogeneous disease state with anunclear etiology. In chronic neuropathic pain, the pain can be mediatedby multiple mechanisms. This type of pain generally arises from injuryto the peripheral or central nervous tissue. The syndromes include painassociated with spinal cord injury, multiple sclerosis, post-herpeticneuralgia, trigeminal neuralgia, phantom pain, causalgia, and reflexsympathetic dystrophy and lower back pain. Chronic pain is differentfrom acute pain in that patients suffer the abnormal pain sensationsthat can be described as spontaneous pain, continuous superficialburning and/or deep aching pain. The pain can be evoked by heat-, cold-,and mechano-hyperalgesia or by heat-, cold-, or mechano-allodynia.

Neuropathic pain can be caused by injury or infection of peripheralsensory nerves. It includes, but is not limited to, pain from peripheralnerve trauma, herpes virus infection, diabetes mellitus, causalgia,plexus avulsion, neuroma, limb amputation, and vasculitis. Neuropathicpain is also caused by nerve damage from chronic alcoholism, humanimmunodeficiency virus infection, hypothyroidism, uremia, or vitamindeficiencies. Stroke (spinal or brain) and spinal cord injury can alsoinduce neuropathic pain. Cancer-related neuropathic pain results fromtumor growth compression of adjacent nerves, brain, or spinal cord. Inaddition, cancer treatments, including chemotherapy and radiationtherapy, can also cause nerve injury. Neuropathic pain includes but isnot limited to pain caused by nerve injury such as, for example, thepain from which diabetics suffer.

The present disclosure is also directed to the use of a Compound of theDisclosure in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a disorderresponsive to the blockade of sodium channels (e.g., any of thedisorders listed above) in an animal suffering from said disorder.

GENERAL SYNTHESIS OF COMPOUNDS

Compounds of the Disclosure are prepared using methods known to thoseskilled in the art in view of this disclosure, or by the illustrativemethod shown in the General Schemes below.

A compound having Formula A is converted to a compound having Formula Cby reaction with a suitable boron reagent such a compound having FormulaB in the presence of a suitable catalyst such as Pd(Ph₃P)₂Cl₂ in thepresence of a suitable base such as K₂CO₃ in a suitable solvent such asDMF.

A compound having Formula C is converted to a compound having Formula Eby reaction with a compound having Formula D in the presence of asuitable base such as K₂CO₃ in a suitable solvent such as DMF.

A compound having Formula d E, where R₆ is a suitable group such as ahalogen, mesylate, or triflate, is converted to a compound havingFormula G by reaction with a suitable boron reagent such as a compoundhaving Formula F in the presence of a suitable catalyst such asPd(Ph₃P)₂Cl₂ in the presence of a suitable base such as K₂CO₃ in asuitable solvent such as DMF.

A compound having Formula E, where R₆ is a suitable group such as analdehyde, is converted to an imine by reaction with a suitable amine ina suitable solvent such as DCM or ACN often in the presence of adehydrating agent such as molecular sieves. The imine is reduced to givea compound having Formula H by reaction with a suitable reducing agentsuch as NaBH(OAc)₃ in a suitable solvent such as DCM or ACN.

A compound having Formula E, where R₆ is a suitable group such as analdehyde, is converted to a compound having Formula I′ by reaction witha nitroalkane in the presence of a suitable catalyst such as ammoniumacetate either neat or in a suitable solvent such as toluene. a compoundhaving Formula I′ is reduced to a compound having Formula J bysubjecting it to suitable reducing conditions such as hydrogenation overRaney Nickel in a suitable solvent such as MeOH.

A compound having Formula E, where R₆ is a suitable group such as analdehyde, is converted to a compound having Formula K by reaction with asuitable Wittig reagent (e.g. Maercker, A. Org. React. 14:270-490(1965)0, or other such reagent, in a suitable solvent such as THF. Acompound having Formula K is converted to a compound having Formula L byreaction with a suitable oxidizing reagent such as osmium tetroxide,either alone or in conjunction with an additive such as sodium periodateor as part of a chiral reagent such as Ad-Mix-alpha or beta. A compoundhaving Formula K is converted to a compound having Formula III byreaction with a suitable reagent such as mCPBA in a suitable solventsuch as chloroform. A compound having Formula III is converted to acompound having Formula N by treatment with a suitable amine in asuitable solvent such as EtOH.

A compound having Formula E, where R₆ is a suitable group such as anitrile, is reduced to a compound having Formula O by subjecting it tosuitable reducing conditions such as hydrogenation over Raney Nickel ina suitable solvent such as ammonia in MeOH.

A compound having Formula P is converted to a compound having Formula Qby reaction with a suitable Wittig reagent, or other such reagent, in asuitable solvent such as THF. A compound having Formula Q is convertedto a compound having Formula R by reaction with a suitable oxidizingreagent such as osmium tetroxide, either alone or in conjunction with anadditive such as sodium periodate or as part of a chiral reagent such asAd-Mix-alpha or beta. The diol in a compound having Formula R isprotected by treatment with a suitable reagent such as2,2-dimethoxypropane in the presence of a suitable acid catalyst such asPTSA in a suitable solvent such as chloroform to give Compound S, whichcan be reacted further in a manner similar to that described for acompound having Formula A in General Scheme 1 and subsequent GeneralSchemes.

A compound having Formula E, where R₆ is a suitable group such as analdehyde, is subjected to Strecker aminonitrile synthesis conditions(e.g., Shibasaki, M., et al. Org. React. 70:1 (2008)) by treatment witha suitable amine and suitable cyanide such as Zn(CN)₂ in a suitablesolvent such as an EtOH/AcOH mixture to give a compound having FormulaT. A compound having Formula T can be converted to a compound havingFormula U by reaction with a suitable reagent such as hydrogen peroxidein DMSO.

Testing of Compounds

Compounds of the Disclosure were assessed by sodium mobilization and/orelectrophysiological assays for sodium channel blocker activity. Oneaspect of the present disclosure is based on the use of the Compounds ofthe Disclosure as sodium channel blockers. Based upon this property,Compounds of the Disclosure are considered useful in treating acondition or disorder responsive to the blockade of sodium ion channels,e.g., stroke, neuronal damage resulting from head trauma, epilepsy,seizures, general epilepsy with febrile seizures, severe myoclonicepilepsy in infancy, neuronal loss following global and focal ischemia,migraine, familial primary erythromelalgia, paroxysmal extreme paindisorder, cerebellar atrophy, ataxia, dystonia, tremor, mentalretardation, autism, a neurodegenerative disorder (e.g., Alzheimer'sdisease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), or Parkinson's disease),manic depression, tinnitus, myotonia, a movement disorder, cardiacarrhythmia, or providing local anesthesia. Compounds of the Disclosureare also expected to be effective in treating pain, e.g., acute pain,chronic pain, which includes but is not limited to, neuropathic pain,postoperative pain, and inflammatory pain, or surgical pain.

More specifically, the present disclosure is directed to Compounds ofthe Disclosure that are blockers of sodium channels. According to thepresent disclosure, those compounds having useful sodium channelblocking properties exhibit an IC₅₀ for Na_(v)1.1, Na_(v)1.2, Na_(v)1.3,Na_(v)1.4, Na_(v)1.5, Na_(v)1.6, Na_(v)1.7, Na_(v)1.8, and/or Na_(v)1.9of about 100 μM or less, e.g., about 50 μM or less, about 25 μM or less,about 10 μM or less, about 5 μM or less, or about 1 μM or less, insodium mobilization and/or electrophysiological assays. In certainembodiments, Compounds of the Disclosure exhibit an IC₅₀ for Na_(v)1.7of 100 μM or less, about 50 μM or less, about 25 μM or less, about 10 μMor less, about 5 μM or less, about 1 μM or less, about 0.5 μM or less,about 0.1 μM or less, about 0.05 μM or less, or about 0.01 μM or less.Compounds of the Disclosure can be tested for their Na⁺ channel blockingactivity using methods known in the art and by the followingfluorescence imaging and electrophysiological in vitro assays and/or invivo assays.

In one embodiment, Compounds of the Disclosure demonstrate substantiallyno penetration across the CNS blood-brain barrier in a mammal Suchcompounds are referred to as “peripherally restricted” as a means todesignate their PNS versus CNS tissue selectivity.

In one embodiment, the PNS:CNS concentration ratio of a peripherallyrestricted Compound of the Disclosure is about 5:1, about 10:1, about20:1, about 30:1; about 50:1; about 100:1, about 250:1, about 500:1,about 1000:1, about 5,000:1, about 10,000:1, or more. Compounds of theDisclosure can be tested for their ability to penetrate the centralnervous system using in vitro and in vivo methods known in the art.

In Vitro Assay Protocols

FLIPR® Assays

Recombinant Na_(v)1.7 Cell Line:

In vitro assays were performed in a recombinant cell line expressingcDNA encoding the alpha subunit (Na_(v)1.7, SCN9a, PN1, NE) of humanNa_(v)1.7 (Accession No. NM_002977). The cell line was provided byinvestigators at Yale University (Cummins et al, J. Neurosci. 18(23):9607-9619 (1998)). For dominant selection of the Na_(v)1.7-expressingclones, the expression plasmid co-expressed the neomycin resistancegene. The cell line was constructed in the human embryonic kidney cellline, HEK293, under the influence of the CMV major late promoter, andstable clones were selected using limiting dilution cloning andantibiotic selection using the neomycin analogue, G418. Recombinant betaand gamma subunits were not introduced into this cell line. Additionalcell lines expressing recombinant Na_(v)1.7 cloned from other speciescan also be used, alone or in combination with various beta subunits,gamma subunits or chaperones.

Non-Recombinant Cell Lines Expressing Native Na_(v)1.7:

Alternatively, in vitro assays can be performed in a cell lineexpressing native, non-recombinant Na_(v)1.7, such as the ND7 mouseneuroblastoma X rat dorsal root ganglion (DRG) hybrid cell line ND7/23,available from the European Cell Culture Collection (Cat. No. 92090903,Salisbury, Wiltshire, United Kingdom). The assays can also be performedin other cell lines expressing native, non-recombinant Na_(v)1.7, fromvarious species, or in cultures of fresh or preserved sensory neurons,such as dorsal root ganglion (DRG) cells, isolated from various species.Primary screens or counter-screens of other voltage-gated sodiumchannels can also be performed, and the cell lines can be constructedusing methods known in the art, purchased from collaborators orcommercial establishments, and they can express either recombinant ornative channels. The primary counter-screen is for one of the centralneuronal sodium channels, Na_(v)1.2 (rBIIa), expressed in HEK293 hostcells (Ilyin et al., Br. J. Pharmacol. 144:801-812 (2005)).Pharmacological profiling for these counter-screens is carried out underconditions similar to the primary or alternative Na_(v)1.7 assaysdescribed below.

Cell Maintenance:

Unless otherwise noted, cell culture reagents were purchased fromMediatech of Herndon, Va. The recombinant Na_(v)1.7/HEK293 cells wereroutinely cultured in growth medium consisting of Dulbecco's minimumessential medium containing 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS, Hyclone, ThermoFisher Scientific, Logan, Utah), 100 U/mL penicillin, 100 μg/mLstreptomycin, 2-4 mM L-glutamine, and 500 mg/mL G418. For natural,non-recombinant cell lines, the selective antibiotic was omitted, andadditional media formulations can be applied as needed.

Assay Buffer:

The assay buffer was formulated by removing 120 mL from a 1 L bottle offresh, sterile dH₂O (Mediatech, Herndon, Va.) and adding 100 mL of10×HBSS that does not contain Ca⁺⁺ or Mg⁺⁺ (Gibco, Invitrogen, GrandIsland, N.Y.) followed by 20 mL of 1.0 M Hepes, pH 7.3 (FisherScientific, BP299-100). The final buffer consisted of 20 mM Hepes, pH7.3, 1.261 mM CaCl₂, 0.493 mM MgCl₂, 0.407 mM Mg(SO)₄, 5.33 mM KCl,0.441 mM KH₂PO₄, 137 mM NaCl, 0.336 mM Na₂HPO₄ and 0.556 mM D-glucose(Hanks et al., Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med. 71:196 (1949)), and the simpleformulation was typically the basic buffer throughout the assay (i.e.,all wash and addition steps).

CoroNa™ Green AM Na⁺ Dye for Primary Fluorescence Assay:

The fluorescence indicator used in the primary fluorescence assay wasthe cell permeant version of CoroNa™ Green (Invitrogen, MolecularProbes, Eugene, Oreg.), a dye that emits light in the fluorescence range(Harootunian et al., J. Biol. Chem. 264(32):19458-19467 (1989)). Theintensity of this emission, but not the wavelength range, is increasedwhen the dye is exposed to Na⁺ ions, which it can bind with partialselectivity. Cells expressing Na_(v)1.7 or other sodium channels wereloaded with the CoroNa™ Green dye immediately in advance of thefluorescence assay, and then, after agonist stimulation, themobilization of Na⁺ ions was detected as the Na⁺ ions flowed from theextracellular fluid into the cytoplasm through the activated sodiumchannel pores. The dye was stored in the dark as a lyophilized powder,and then an aliquot was dissolved immediately before the cell loadingprocedure, according to the instructions of the manufacturer, to a stockconcentration of 10 mM in DMSO. It was then diluted in the assay bufferto a 4× concentrated working solution, so that the final concentrationof dye in the cell loading buffer was 5 μM.

Membrane Potential Dye for Alternative Fluorescence Assays:

A fluorescence indicator that can be used in alternative fluorescenceassays is the blue version membrane potential dye (MDS, MolecularDevices, Sunnyvale, Calif.), a dye that detects changes in moleculesfollowing a change in membrane potential. An increase in fluorescence isexpected if agonist stimulation provokes a change in membrane potential.Cells expressing Na_(v)1.7 or other sodium channels are incubated withthe membrane potential dye 30-60 minutes before the fluorescence assay.In the case of the KCl pre-stimulation version of the assay, the dye andall other components are washed out immediately before the assay, andthe dye is then replaced. In the version lacking KCl pre-stimulation,the dye remains on the cells and is not washed out or replaced. The dyeis stored in the dark as a lyophilized powder, and then an aliquotdissolved in assay buffer to form a 20×-concentrated stock solution thatcan be used for several weeks.

Agonists:

In the fluorescence assays, two agonists were used in combination,namely 1) veratridine; and 2) the venom from the yellow scorpion,Leiurus quinquestriatus hebraeus. Veratridine is an alkaloid smallmolecule that facilitates the capture of channel openings by inhibitinginactivation, and the scorpion venom is a natural preparation thatincludes peptide toxins selective for different subsets of voltage-gatedsodium channels. These scorpion toxins inhibit the fast inactivation oftheir cognate target channels. Stock solutions of the agonists wereprepared to 40 mM in DMSO (veratridine) and 1 mg/mL in dH₂O (scorpionvenom), and then diluted to make a 4× or 2× stock (depending on theparticular assay) in assay buffer, the final concentration being 100 μM(veratridine) and 10 μg/mL (scorpion venom). Both of the agonists werepurchased from Sigma Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo.

Test Compounds:

Test compounds were dissolved in DMSO to yield 10 mM stock solutions.The stock solutions were further diluted using DMSO in 1:3 serialdilution steps with 10 points (10,000 μM, 3.333 μM, 1.111 μM, 370 μM,123 μM, 41 μM, 14 μM, 4.6 μM, 1.5 μM and 0.5 μM). The stock solutionswere further diluted in assay buffer (1:125) as 4× stock serialdilutions with a DMSO concentration of 0.8% (final [DMSO], in the assay,from the compounds component=0.2%), so that the compounds' finalconcentrations in the assay were 20 μM, 6.7 μM, 2.2 μM, 0.74 μM, 0.25 μMand 0.08 μM, 0.03 μM, 0.01 μM, 0.003 μM and 0.001 μM. If a particulartest article appeared to be especially potent, then the concentrationcurve was adjusted, e.g., to 10-fold lower concentrations, in order toperform the dose-response in a more relevant concentration range.Compound dilutions were added during the dye-loading and pre-stimulationstep, and then again during the fluorescence assay, early in the kineticread. Compound dilutions were added in duplicate rows across the middle80 wells of the 96-well plate, whereas the fully stimulated and thefully inhibited controls (positive and negative) were located in the top4 side wells and the bottom 4 side wells, respectively, on the left andright sides of the assay plate.

Data Analysis:

The data were analyzed according to methods known to those skilled inthe art or using the GraphPad® Prism Program, version 4.0 or higher(available from GraphPad Software, San Diego, Calif.) to determine theIC₅₀ value for the test article. At least one standard referencecompound was evaluated during each experiment.

FLIPR® or FLIPR^(TETRA)® Sodium Dye Assay with KCl and Test ArticlePre-Incubation:

Cells were prepared by plating the recombinant HEK293 cells or otherhost cells expressing either recombinant or non-recombinant, native,Na_(v)1.7 alpha subunit, alone or in combination with various beta andgamma subunits at a density of ˜40,000 cells/well into a 96-well black,clear-bottom, PDL-coated plate. The assay can be adapted to 384-well or1,536-well format, if desired, using proportionately fewer cells andless media. The plate was then incubated in growth media, with orwithout selective antibiotic, overnight at 37° C. at 5% CO₂, 95%humidity, in preparation for the assay. For counter-screens of othervoltage-gated sodium channels, the procedure was very similar, thoughoptimal densities of cells, media and subsequent assay components can befine-tuned for the particular cell line or isoform.

The next day, at the start of the assay, the media was flicked from thecells and the wells were washed once with 50 μl/well assay buffer (1×Hank's balanced salt solution without sodium bicarbonate or phenol red,20 mM Hepes, pH 7.3) and then pre-incubated with the test articles,CoroNa™ Green AM sodium dye (for cell loading) and KCl forre-polarization and synchronization of the channels in the entirepopulation of cells. For this dye-loading and pre-stimulation step, thecomponents were added as follows, immediately after the wash step: 1)first, the compound dilutions and controls were added as 4× concentratesin assay buffer at 50 μL/well; 2) CoroNa™ Green AM dye was diluted fromthe stock solution to 20 μM in assay buffer (4× concentrate) and addedto the plate at 50 μL/well; and 3) finally, a solution of 180 mM KCl(2×) was prepared by diluting a 2M stock solution into assay buffer andthe solution was added to the cells at 100 μl/well. The cells wereincubated at 25° C. in the dark for 30 min. before their fluorescencewas measured.

The plates containing dye-loaded cells were then flicked to remove thepre-incubation components and washed once with 100 μL/well assay buffer.A 100 μL/well aliquot of assay buffer was added back to the plate, andthe real-time assay was commenced. The fluorescence of cells wasmeasured using a fluorescence plate reader (FLIPR^(TETRA)® or FLIPR384®,MDS, Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale, Calif.) Samples were excited byeither a laser or a PMT light source (Excitation wavelength=470-495 nM)and the emissions are filtered (Emission wavelength=515-575 nM). Theadditions of compound and the channel activators in this cell-based,medium-to-high throughput assay were performed on the fluorescence platereader and the results (expressed as relative fluorescence units) werecaptured by means of camera shots every 1-3 sec., then displayed inreal-time and stored. Generally, there was a 15 sec. base line, withcamera shots taken every 1.5 sec., then the test compounds were added,then another 120 sec. baseline was conducted, with camera shots takenevery 3 sec.; and finally, the agonist solution (containing veratridineand scorpion venom) was added. The amplitude of fluorescence increase,resulting from the binding of Na⁺ ions to the CoroNa™ Green dye, wascaptured for ˜180 sec. thereafter. Results were expressed in relativefluorescence units (RFU) and can be determined by using the maximumsignal during the latter part of the stimulation; or the maximum minusthe minimum during the whole agonist stimulation period; or by takingthe area under the curve for the whole stimulation period.

The assay can be performed as a screening assay as well with the testarticles present in standard amounts (e.g., 10 μM) in only one or twowells of a multi-well plate during the primary screen. Hits in thisscreen were typically profiled more exhaustively (multiple times),subjected to dose-response or competition assays and tested in counterscreens against other voltage-gated sodium channels or otherbiologically relevant target molecules.

FLIPR® or FLIPR^(TETRA)® Membrane Potential Assay with KCl and TestArticle Pre-Incubation:

Cells are prepared by plating the recombinant HEK293 cells or other hostcells expressing either recombinant or non-recombinant, native,Na_(v)1.7 alpha subunit, alone or in combination with various beta andgamma subunits at a density of ˜40,000 cells/well into a 96-well black,clear-bottom, PDL-coated plate. The assay can be adapted to 384-well or1,536-well format, if desired, using proportionately less cells andmedia. The plate is then incubated in growth media, with or withoutselective antibiotic, overnight at 37° C. at 5% CO₂, 95% humidity, inpreparation for the assay (see, e.g., Benjamin et. al., J. Biomol.Screen 10(4):365-373 (2005)). For screens and counter-screens of othervoltage-gated sodium channels, the assay protocol is similar, thoughoptimal densities of cells, media and subsequent assay components can befine-tuned for the particular cell line or sodium channel isoform beingtested.

The next day, at the start of the assay, the media is flicked from thecells and the wells are washed once with 50 μL/well assay buffer (1×Hank's balanced salt solution without sodium bicarbonate or phenol red,20 mM Hepes, pH 7.3) and then pre-incubated with the test articles, themembrane potential dye (for cell loading), and the KCl forre-polarization and synchronization of the channels in the entirepopulation of cells. For this dye-loading and pre-stimulation step, thecomponents are added as follows, immediately after the wash step: 1)first, the compound dilutions and controls are added as 4× concentratesin assay buffer at 50 μL/well; 2) membrane potential dye is diluted fromthe stock solution in assay buffer (4× concentrate) and added to theplate at 50 μL/well; and 3) finally, a solution of 180 mM KCl (2×) isprepared by diluting a 2M stock solution into assay buffer and thesolution added to the cells at 100 μL/well. The cells are incubated at37° C. in the dark for 30-60 min. before their fluorescence is measured.

The plates containing dye-loaded cells are then flicked to remove thepre-incubation components and washed once with 50 μL/well assay buffer.A 50 μL/well aliquot of membrane potential dye is added back to theplate, and the real-time assay is commenced. The fluorescence of cellsis measured using a fluorescence plate reader (FLIPR^(TETRA)® orFLIPR384®, MDS, Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale, Calif.). Samples areexcited by either a laser or a PMT light source (Excitationwavelength=510-545 nM) and the emissions are filtered (Emissionwavelength=565-625 nM). The additions of the compounds (first) and thenthe channel activators (later) in this are performed on the fluorescenceplate reader and the results, expressed as relative fluorescence units(RFU), are captured by means of camera shots every 1-3 sec., thendisplayed in real-time and stored. Generally, there is a 15 sec. baseline, with camera shots taken every 1.5 sec., then the test compoundsare added, then another 120 sec. baseline is conducted, with camerashots taken every 3 sec.; and finally, the agonist solution (containingveratridine and scorpion venom) is added. The amplitude of fluorescenceincrease, resulting from the detection of membrane potential change, iscaptured for ˜120 sec. thereafter. Results are expressed in relativefluorescence units (RFU) and can be determined by using the maximumsignal during the latter part of the stimulation; or the maximum minusthe minimum during the whole stimulation period; or by taking the areaunder the curve for the whole stimulation period.

The assay can be performed as a screening assay as well with the testarticles present in standard amounts (e.g., 10 μM) in only one or twowells of a multi-well plate during the primary screen. Hits in thisscreen are typically profiled more exhaustively (multiple times),subjected to dose-response or competition assays and tested in counterscreens against other voltage-gate sodium channels or other biologicallyrelevant target molecules.

FLIPR® or FLIPR^(TETRA)® Sodium Dye Assay without KCl and Test ArticlePre-Incubation:

Cells are prepared by plating the recombinant HEK293 cells or other hostcells expressing either recombinant or non-recombinant, native,Na_(v)1.7 alpha subunit, alone or in combination with various beta andgamma subunits at a density of ˜40,000 cells/well into a 96-well black,clear-bottom, PDL-coated plate. The assay can be adapted to 384-well or1,536-well format, if desired, using proportionately less cells andmedia. The plate is then incubated in growth media, with or withoutselective antibiotic, overnight at 37° C. at 5% CO₂, 95% humidity, inpreparation for the assay. For counter-screens of other voltage-gatedsodium channels, the procedure is very similar, though optimal densitiesof cells, media and subsequent assay components can be fine-tuned forthe particular cell line or isoform.

The next day, at the start of the assay, the media is flicked from thecells and the wells washed once with 50 μL/well assay buffer (1× Hank'sbalanced salt solution without sodium bicarbonate or phenol red, 20 mMHepes, pH 7.3). Membrane potential dye is then added to each well of the96-well plate (50 μL/well), from a freshly diluted sample of the stock(now at 4× concentration) in the assay buffer. The cells are incubatedat 37° C. in the dark for 30-60 min. before their fluorescence ismeasured.

In this standard membrane potential assay, the 96-well plate containingdye-loaded cells is then loaded directly onto the plate reader withoutaspirating the dye solution and without any further washing of thecells. The fluorescence of cells is measured using a fluorescence platereader (FLIPR^(TETRA)® or FLIPR384®, MDS, Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale,Calif.). Samples are excited by either a laser or a PMT light source(Excitation wavelength=510-545 nM) and the emissions are filtered(Emission wavelength=565-625 nM). The additions of the compounds (first,50 μL/well from a 4× stock plate) and then the channel activators(later, 100 μL/well from a 2× stock solution) in this kinetic assay areperformed on the fluorescence plate reader and the results, expressed asrelative fluorescence units (RFU), are captured by means of camera shotsevery 1-3 sec., then displayed in real-time and stored. Generally, thereis a 15 sec. base line, with camera shots taken every 1.5 sec., then thetest compounds are added, then another 120 sec. baseline is conducted,with camera shots taken every 3 sec.; and finally, the agonist solution(containing veratridine and scorpion venom) is added. The amplitude offluorescence increase, resulting from the detection of membranepotential change, is captured for ˜120 sec. thereafter. Results areexpressed in relative fluorescence units (RFU) and can be determined byusing the maximum signal during the latter part of the stimulation; orthe maximum minus the minimum during the whole stimulation period; or bytaking the area under the curve for the whole stimulation period.

The assay can be performed as a screening assay as well, with the testarticles present in standard amounts (e.g. 10 μM) in only one or twowells of a multi-well plate during the primary screen. Hits in thisscreen are typically profiled more exhaustively (multiple times),subjected to dose-response or competition assays and tested in counterscreens against other voltage-gate sodium channels or other biologicallyrelevant target molecules.

Electrophysiology Assay

Cells:

The hNa_(v)1.7 expressing HEK-293 cells are plated on 35 mm culturedishes pre-coated with poly-D-lysine in standard DMEM culture media(Mediatech, Inc., Herndon, Va.) and incubated in a 5% CO₂ incubator at37° C. Cultured cells are used approximately 12-48 h after plating.

Electrophysiology:

On the day of experimentation, the 35 mm dish is placed on the stage ofan inverted microscope equipped with a perfusion system thatcontinuously perfuses the culture dish with fresh recording media. Agravity driven superfusion system is used to apply test solutionsdirectly to the cell under evaluation. This system consists of an arrayof glass pipette glass connected to a motorized horizontal translator.The outlet of the shooter is positioned approximately 100 μm from thecell of interest.

Whole cell currents are recorded using the whole-cell patch clampconfiguration using an Axopatch 200B amplifier (Axon Instruments, FosterCity Calif.), 1322A A/D converter (Axon Instruments) and pClamp software(v. 8; Axon Instruments) and stored on a personal computer. Gigasealsare formed and the whole-cell configuration is established in voltageclamp mode, and membrane currents generated by hNa_(v)1.7 are recordedin gap-free mode. Borosilicate glass pipettes have resistance valuesbetween 1.5 and 2.0 MΩ when filled with pipette solution and seriesresistance (<5 MΩ) is compensated 75-80%. Signals are sampled at 50 kHzand low pass filtered at 3 kHz.

Voltage Protocols:

After establishing the whole-cell configuration in voltage clamp mode,two voltage protocols are run to establish: 1) the holding potential;and 2) the test potential for each cell.

Resting Block:

To determine a membrane potential at which the majority of channels arein the resting state, a standard steady-state inactivation (SSIN)protocol is run using 100 ms prepulses×10 mV depolarizing steps. Theholding potential for testing resting block (Vh₁) is 20 mV morehyperpolarized than the first potential where inactivation is observedwith the inactivation protocol.

From this holding potential a standard I-V protocol is run to determinethe potential at which the maximal current (Imax) was elicited. Thispotential is the test potential (Vt).

The compound testing protocol is a series of 10 ms depolarizations fromthe Vh₁ (determined from the SSIN) to the Vt (determined from the I-Vprotocol) repeated every 10-15 seconds. After a stable baseline isestablished, a high concentration of a test compound (highestconcentration solubility permits or that which provides ˜50% block) isapplied and block of the current assessed. Washout of the compound isattempted by superfusing with control solution once steady-state blockwas observed. The fractional response is calculated as follows:FR=I(after drug)/I(control),where I is the peak current amplitude and is used for estimating restingblock dissociation constant, K_(r):K _(r)=[drug]*{FR/(1−FR)},where [drug] is the concentration of a drug.

Block of Inactivated Channels:

To assess the block of inactivated channels the holding potential isdepolarized such that 20-50% of the current amplitude is reduced whenpulsed to the same Vt as above. The magnitude of this depolarizationdepends upon the initial current amplitude and the rate of current lossdue to slow inactivation. This is the second holding potential (Vh₂).The current reduction is recorded to determine the fraction of availablechannels at this potential (h).h=I@Vh ₂ /Imax.

At this membrane voltage a proportion of channels are in the inactivatedstate, and thus inhibition by a blocker includes interaction with bothresting and inactivated channels.

To determine the potency of the test compound on inactivated channels, aseries of currents are elicited by 10 ms voltage steps from Vh₂ to V_(t)every 10-15 seconds. After establishing a stable baseline, the lowconcentration of the compound is applied. Multiple cumulativeconcentrations may have to be applied to identify a concentration thatwill block between 40-60% of the current. Washout is attempted tore-establish baseline. Fractional responses were measured with respectto a projected baseline to determine K_(app).K _(app)=[drug]*{FR/(1−FR)},where [drug] is the concentration of a drug.

This K_(app) value, along with the calculated K_(r) and h values, areused to calculate the affinity of the compound for the inactivatedchannels (K_(i)) using the following equation:K _(i)=(1−h)/((1/K _(app))−(h/K _(r))).

Solutions and Chemicals:

For electrophysiological recordings the external solution is eitherstandard, DMEM supplemented with 10 mM HEPES (pH adjusted to 7.34 withNaOH and the osmolarity adjusted to 320) or Tyrodes salt solution(Sigma, USA) supplemented with 10 mM HEPES (pH adjusted to 7.4 withNaOH; osmolarity=320). The internal pipette solution contained (in mM):NaCl (10), CsF (140), CaCl₂ (1), MgCl₂ (5), EGTA (11), HEPES (10: pH7.4, 305 mOsm). Compounds are prepared first as a series of stocksolutions in DMSO and then dissolved in external solution; DMSO contentin final dilutions did not exceed 0.3%. At this concentration, DMSO didnot affect sodium currents. Vehicle solution used to establish base linealso contained 0.3% DMSO.

Data Analysis:

Data is analyzed off-line using Clampfit™ software (pClamp, v. 8; AxonInstruments) and graphed using GraphPad Prizm® (v. 4.0 or higher)software.

In Vivo Assay for Pain

Compounds of the Disclosure can be tested for their antinociceptiveactivity in the formalin model as described in Hunskaar et al., J.Neurosci. Methods 14: 69-76 (1985). Male Swiss Webster NIH mice (20-30g; Harlan, San Diego, Calif.) can be used in all experiments. Food iswithdrawn on the day of the experiment. Mice are placed in Plexiglassjars for at least 1 hour to acclimate to the environment. Following theacclimation period, mice are weighed and given either the compound ofinterest administered i.p. or p.o., or the appropriate volume of vehicle(for example, 10% Tween-80 or 0.9% saline, and other pharmaceuticallyacceptable vehicles) as control. Fifteen minutes after the i.p. dosing,and 30 minutes after the p.o. dosing mice are injected with formalin (20μL of 5% formaldehyde solution in saline) into the dorsal surface of theright hind paw. Mice are transferred to the Plexiglass jars andmonitored for the amount of time spent licking or biting the injectedpaw. Periods of licking and biting are recorded in 5-minute intervalsfor 1 hour after the formalin injection. All experiments are done in ablinded manner during the light cycle. The early phase of the formalinresponse is measured as licking/biting between 0-5 minutes, and the latephase is measured from 15-50 minutes. Differences between vehicle anddrug treated groups can be analyzed by one-way analysis of variance(ANOVA). A P value <0.05 is considered significant. Compounds areconsidered to be efficacious for treating acute and chronic pain if theyhave activity in blocking both the early and second phase offormalin-induced paw-licking activity.

In Vivo Assays for Inflammatory or Neuropathic Pain

Test Animals:

Each experiment uses rats weighing between 200-260 g at the start of theexperiment. The rats are group-housed and have free access to food andwater at all times, except prior to oral administration of a testcompound when food is removed for 16 h before dosing. A control groupacts as a comparison to rats treated with a Compound of the Disclosure.The control group is administered the carrier as used for the testcompound. The volume of carrier administered to the control group is thesame as the volume of carrier and test compound administered to the testgroup.

Inflammatory Pain:

To assess the actions of Compounds of the Disclosure on the treatment ofinflammatory pain, the Freund's complete adjuvant (“FCA”) model ofinflammatory pain is used. FCA-induced inflammation of the rat hind pawis associated with the development of persistent inflammatory mechanicaland thermal hyperalgesia and provides reliable prediction of theanti-hyperalgesic action of clinically useful analgesic drugs (Bartho etal., Naunyn-Schmiedeberg's Archives of Pharmacol. 342:666-670 (1990)).Prior to the injury, the animal is assessed for response to noxiousmechanical stimuli by determining the paw withdrawal threshold (PWT), orto noxious thermal stimuli by determining paw withdrawal latency (PWL),as described below (baseline PWT or PWL). Then, the left hind paw ofeach animal is administered a 50 μL intraplantar injection of 50% FCA.24 hour post injection, the PWT or PWL is again assessed(pre-administration PWT or PWL). Rats are then administered a singleinjection of either a test compound or 30 mg/Kg of a positive controlcompound (e.g., indomethacin). Responses to noxious mechanical orthermal stimuli are then determined 1, 3, 5 and 24 hours postadministration (post-administration PWT or PWL). Percentage reversal ofhyperalgesia for each animal is defined as:

${\%\mspace{14mu}{reversal}} = {\frac{\begin{bmatrix}{\left( {{post}\mspace{14mu}{administration}\mspace{14mu} P\; W\; T\mspace{14mu}{or}\mspace{14mu} P\; W\; L} \right) -} \\\left( {{pre}\text{-}{administration}\mspace{14mu} P\; W\; T\mspace{14mu}{or}\mspace{14mu} P\; W\; L} \right)\end{bmatrix}}{\begin{bmatrix}{\left( {{baseline}\mspace{14mu} P\; W\; T\mspace{14mu}{or}\mspace{14mu} P\; W\; L} \right) -} \\\left( {{pre}\text{-}{administration}\mspace{14mu} P\; W\; T\mspace{14mu}{or}\mspace{14mu} P\; W\; L} \right)\end{bmatrix}} \times 100}$

Neuropathic Pain:

To assess the actions of the test compounds for the treatment ofneuropathic pain the Seltzer model or the Chung model can be used.

In the Seltzer model, the partial sciatic nerve ligation model ofneuropathic pain is used to produce neuropathic hyperalgesia in rats(Seltzer et al., Pain 43:205-218 (1990)). Partial ligation of the leftsciatic nerve is performed under isoflurane/O₂ inhalation anesthesia.Following induction of anesthesia, the left thigh of the rat is shavedand the sciatic nerve exposed at high thigh level through a smallincision and is carefully cleared of surrounding connective tissues at asite near the trocanther just distal to the point at which the posteriorbiceps semitendinosus nerve branches off of the common sciatic nerve. A7-0 silk suture is inserted into the nerve with a 3/8 curved,reversed-cutting mini-needle and tightly ligated so that the dorsal ⅓ to½ of the nerve thickness is held within the ligature. The wound isclosed with a single muscle suture (4-0 nylon (Vicryl)) and vetbondtissue glue. Following surgery, the wound area is dusted with antibioticpowder. Sham-treated rats undergo an identical surgical procedure exceptthat the sciatic nerve is not manipulated. Following surgery, animalsare weighed and placed on a warm pad until they recover from anesthesia.Animals are then returned to their home cages until behavioral testingbegins. The animals are assessed for response to noxious mechanicalstimuli by determining PWT, as described below, prior to surgery(baseline), then immediately prior to and 1, 3, and 5 hours afteradministration of either drug or vehicle, for the ipsilateral (injuredside) rear paw of the animal. Percentage reversal of neuropathichyperalgesia is defined as:

${\%\mspace{14mu}{reversal}} = {\frac{\left\lbrack {\left( {{post}\mspace{14mu}{administration}\mspace{14mu} P\; W\; T}\; \right) - \left( {{pre}\text{-}{administration}\mspace{14mu} P\; W\; T} \right)} \right\rbrack}{\left\lbrack {\left( {{baseline}\mspace{14mu} P\; W\; T} \right) - \left( {{pre}\text{-}{administration}\mspace{14mu} P\; W\; T} \right)} \right\rbrack} \times 100}$

In the Chung model, the spinal nerve ligation (SNL) model of neuropathicpain is used to produce mechanical hyperalgesia, thermal hyperalgesia,and tactile allodynia in rats. Surgery is performed under isoflurane/O₂inhalation anesthesia. Following induction of anesthesia a 3 cm incisionis made and the left paraspinal muscles are separated from the spinousprocess at the L₄-S₂ levels. The L₆ transverse process is carefullyremoved with a pair of small rongeurs to identify visually the L₄-L₆spinal nerves. The left L₅ (or L₅ and L₆) spinal nerve(s) is (are)isolated and tightly ligated with silk thread. A complete hemostasis isconfirmed and the wound is sutured using non-absorbable sutures, such asnylon sutures or stainless steel staples. Sham-treated rats undergo anidentical surgical procedure except that the spinal nerve(s) is (are)not manipulated. Following surgery animals are weighed, administered asubcutaneous (s.c.) injection of saline or ringers lactate, the woundarea is dusted with antibiotic powder and they are kept on a warm paduntil they recover from the anesthesia. Animals are then returned totheir home cages until behavioral testing begins. The animals areassessed for response to noxious mechanical stimuli by determining PWT,as described below, prior to surgery (baseline), then immediately priorto and 1, 3, and 5 hours after being administered a Compound of theDisclosure or vehicle, for the left rear paw of the animal. The animalscan also be assessed for response to noxious thermal stimuli or fortactile allodynia, as described below. The Chung model for neuropathicpain is described in Kim et al., Pain 50(3):355-363 (1992).

Tactile Allodynia:

Sensitivity to non-noxious mechanical stimuli can be measured in animalsto assess tactile allodynia. Rats are transferred to an elevated testingcage with a wire mesh floor and allowed to acclimate for five to tenminutes. A series of von Frey monofilaments are applied to the plantarsurface of the hindpaw to determine the animal's withdrawal threshold.The first filament used possesses a buckling weight of 9.1 gms (0.96 logvalue) and is applied up to five times to see if it elicits a withdrawalresponse. If the animal has a withdrawal response, then the nextlightest filament in the series would be applied up to five times todetermine if it also could elicit a response. This procedure is repeatedwith subsequent lesser filaments until there is no response and theidentity of the lightest filament that elicits a response is recorded.If the animal does not have a withdrawal response from the initial 9.1gms filament, then subsequent filaments of increased weight are applieduntil a filament elicits a response and the identity of this filament isrecorded. For each animal, three measurements are made at every timepoint to produce an average withdrawal threshold determination. Testscan be performed prior to, and at 1, 2, 4 and 24 hours post drugadministration.

Mechanical Hyperalgesia:

Representative Compounds of the Disclosure can be tested in theSNL-induced mechanical hyperalgesia model in rats. Sensitivity tonoxious mechanical stimuli are measured in animals using the pawpressure test to assess mechanical hyperalgesia. In rats, hind pawwithdrawal thresholds (“PWT”), measured in grams, in response to anoxious mechanical stimulus are determined using an analgesymeter (Model7200, commercially available from Ugo Basile of Italy), as described inStein (Biochemistry & Behavior 31: 451-455 (1988)). The rat's paw isplaced on a small platform, and a punctate weight was applied in agraded manner up to a maximum of 250 grams. The endpoint is taken as theweight at which the paw is completely withdrawn. PWT is determined oncefor each rat at each time point. PWT can be measured only in the injuredpaw, or in both the injured and non-injured paw. Rats are tested priorto surgery to determine a baseline, or normal, PWT. Rats are testedagain 2 to 3 weeks post-surgery, prior to, and at different times after(e.g. 1, 3, 5 and 24 hr) drug administration. An increase in PWTfollowing drug administration indicates that the test compound reducesmechanical hyperalgesia.

In Vivo Assay for Anticonvulsant Activity

Compounds of the Disclosure can be tested for in vivo anticonvulsantactivity after i.v., p.o., or i.p. injection using any of a number ofanticonvulsant tests in mice or rats, including the maximum electroshockseizure test (MES). Maximum electroshock seizures are induced in maleNSA mice weighing between 15-20 g and in male Sprague-Dawley ratsweighing between 200-225 g by application of current (for mice: 50 mA,60 pulses/sec, 0.8 msec pulse width, 1 sec duration, D.C.; for rats: 99mA, 125 pulses/sec, 0.8 msec pulse width, 2 sec duration, D.C.) using aUgo Basile ECT device (Model 7801). Mice are restrained by gripping theloose skin on their dorsal surface and saline-coated corneal electrodesare held lightly against the two corneae. Rats are allowed free movementon the bench top and ear-clip electrodes are used. Current is appliedand animals are observed for a period of up to 30 seconds for theoccurrence of a tonic hindlimb extensor response. A tonic seizure isdefined as a hindlimb extension in excess of 90 degrees from the planeof the body. Results can be treated in a quantal manner.

Pharmaceutical Compositions

Compounds of the Disclosure can be administered to a mammal in the formof a raw chemical without any other components present. Compounds of theDisclosure can also be administered to a mammal as part of apharmaceutical composition containing the compound combined with asuitable pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Such a carrier can beselected from pharmaceutically acceptable excipients and auxiliaries.

Pharmaceutical compositions within the scope of the present disclosureinclude all compositions where a Compound of the Disclosure is combinedwith one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. In oneembodiment, the Compound of the Disclosure is present in the compositionin an amount that is effective to achieve its intended therapeuticpurpose. While individual needs may vary, a determination of optimalranges of effective amounts of each compound is within the skill of theart. Typically, a Compound of the Disclosure can be administered to amammal, e.g., a human, orally at a dose of from about 0.0025 to about1500 mg per kg body weight of the mammal, or an equivalent amount of apharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, per day to treatthe particular disorder. A useful oral dose of a Compound of theDisclosure administered to a mammal is from about 0.0025 to about 50 mgper kg body weight of the mammal, or an equivalent amount of thepharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. For intramuscularinjection, the dose is typically about one-half of the oral dose.

A unit oral dose may comprise from about 0.01 mg to about 1 g of theCompound of the Disclosure, e.g., about 0.01 mg to about 500 mg, about0.01 mg to about 250 mg, about 0.01 mg to about 100 mg, 0.01 mg to about50 mg, e.g., about 0.1 mg to about 10 mg, of the compound. The unit dosecan be administered one or more times daily, e.g., as one or moretablets or capsules, each containing from about 0.01 mg to about 1 g ofthe compound, or an equivalent amount of a pharmaceutically acceptablesalt or solvate thereof.

A pharmaceutical composition of the present disclosure can beadministered to any animal that may experience the beneficial effects ofa Compound of the Disclosure. Foremost among such animals are mammals,e.g., humans and companion animals, although the disclosure is notintended to be so limited.

A pharmaceutical composition of the present disclosure can beadministered by any means that achieves its intended purpose. Forexample, administration can be by the oral, parenteral, subcutaneous,intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, transdermal, intranasal,transmucosal, rectal, intravaginal or buccal route, or by inhalation.The dosage administered and route of administration will vary, dependingupon the circumstances of the particular subject, and taking intoaccount such factors as age, gender, health, and weight of therecipient, condition or disorder to be treated, kind of concurrenttreatment, if any, frequency of treatment, and the nature of the effectdesired.

In one embodiment, a pharmaceutical composition of the presentdisclosure can be administered orally and is formulated into tablets,dragees, capsules or an oral liquid preparation. In one embodiment, theoral formulation comprises extruded multiparticulates comprising theCompound of the Disclosure.

Alternatively, a pharmaceutical composition of the present disclosurecan be administered rectally, and is formulated in suppositories.

Alternatively, a pharmaceutical composition of the present disclosurecan be administered by injection.

Alternatively, a pharmaceutical composition of the present disclosurecan be administered transdermally.

Alternatively, a pharmaceutical composition of the present disclosurecan be administered by inhalation or by intranasal or transmucosaladministration.

Alternatively, a pharmaceutical composition of the present disclosurecan be administered by the intravaginal route.

A pharmaceutical composition of the present disclosure can contain fromabout 0.01 to 99 percent by weight, and preferably from about 0.25 to 75percent by weight, of active compound(s).

A method of the present disclosure, such as a method for treating adisorder responsive to the blockade of sodium channels in an animal inneed thereof, can further comprise administering a second therapeuticagent to the animal in combination with a Compound of the Disclosure. Inone embodiment, the other therapeutic agent is administered in aneffective amount.

Effective amounts of the other therapeutic agents are known to thoseskilled in the art. However, it is well within the skilled artisan'spurview to determine the other therapeutic agent's optimaleffective-amount range.

Compounds of the Disclosure (i.e., the first therapeutic agent) and thesecond therapeutic agent can act additively or, in one embodiment,synergistically. Alternatively, the second therapeutic agent can be usedto treat a disorder or condition that is different from the disorder orcondition for which the first therapeutic agent is being administered,and which disorder or condition may or may not be a condition ordisorder as defined herein. In one embodiment, a Compound of theDisclosure is administered concurrently with a second therapeutic agent;for example, a single composition comprising both an effective amount ofa Compound of the Disclosure and an effective amount of the secondtherapeutic agent can be administered. Accordingly, the presentdisclosure further provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising acombination of a Compound of the Disclosure, the second therapeuticagent, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Alternatively, a firstpharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a Compoundof the Disclosure and a second pharmaceutical composition comprising aneffective amount of the second therapeutic agent can be concurrentlyadministered. In another embodiment, an effective amount of a Compoundof the Disclosure is administered prior or subsequent to administrationof an effective amount of the second therapeutic agent. In thisembodiment, the Compound of the Disclosure is administered while thesecond therapeutic agent exerts its therapeutic effect, or the secondtherapeutic agent is administered while the Compound of the Disclosureexerts its therapeutic effect for treating a disorder or condition.

The second therapeutic agent can be an opioid agonist, a non-opioidanalgesic, a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agent, an antimigraineagent, a Cox-II inhibitor, a β-adrenergic blocker, an anticonvulsant, anantidepressant, an anticancer agent, an agent for treating addictivedisorder, an agent for treating Parkinson's disease and parkinsonism, anagent for treating anxiety, an agent for treating epilepsy, an agent fortreating a seizure, an agent for treating a stroke, an agent fortreating a pruritic condition, an agent for treating psychosis, an agentfor treating ALS, an agent for treating a cognitive disorder, an agentfor treating a migraine, an agent for treating vomiting, an agent fortreating dyskinesia, or an agent for treating depression, or a mixturethereof.

A pharmaceutical composition of the present disclosure is manufacturedin a manner which itself will be known in view of the instantdisclosure, for example, by means of conventional mixing, granulating,dragee-making, dissolving, extrusion, or lyophilizing processes. Thus,pharmaceutical compositions for oral use can be obtained by combiningthe active compound with solid excipients, optionally grinding theresulting mixture and processing the mixture of granules, after addingsuitable auxiliaries, if desired or necessary, to obtain tablets ordragee cores.

Suitable excipients include fillers such as saccharides (for example,lactose, sucrose, mannitol or sorbitol), cellulose preparations, calciumphosphates (for example, tricalcium phosphate or calcium hydrogenphosphate), as well as binders such as starch paste (using, for example,maize starch, wheat starch, rice starch, or potato starch), gelatin,tragacanth, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, sodiumcarboxymethylcellulose, and/or polyvinyl pyrrolidone. If desired, one ormore disintegrating agents can be added, such as the above-mentionedstarches and also carboxymethyl-starch, cross-linked polyvinylpyrrolidone, agar, or alginic acid or a salt thereof, such as sodiumalginate.

Auxiliaries are typically flow-regulating agents and lubricants such as,for example, silica, talc, stearic acid or salts thereof (e.g.,magnesium stearate or calcium stearate), and polyethylene glycol. Drageecores are provided with suitable coatings that are resistant to gastricjuices. For this purpose, concentrated saccharide solutions can be used,which may optionally contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinyl pyrrolidone,polyethylene glycol and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions andsuitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures. In order to producecoatings resistant to gastric juices, solutions of suitable cellulosepreparations such as acetylcellulose phthalate orhydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose phthalate can be used. Dye stuffs orpigments can be added to the tablets or dragee coatings, for example,for identification or in order to characterize combinations of activecompound doses.

Examples of other pharmaceutical preparations that can be used orallyinclude push-fit capsules made of gelatin, or soft, sealed capsules madeof gelatin and a plasticizer such as glycerol or sorbitol. The push-fitcapsules can contain a compound in the form of granules, which can bemixed with fillers such as lactose, binders such as starches, and/orlubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate and, optionally,stabilizers, or in the form of extruded multiparticulates. In softcapsules, the active compounds are preferably dissolved or suspended insuitable liquids, such as fatty oils or liquid paraffin. In addition,stabilizers can be added.

Possible pharmaceutical preparations for rectal administration include,for example, suppositories, which consist of a combination of one ormore active compounds with a suppository base. Suitable suppositorybases include natural and synthetic triglycerides, and paraffinhydrocarbons, among others. It is also possible to use gelatin rectalcapsules consisting of a combination of active compound with a basematerial such as, for example, a liquid triglyceride, polyethyleneglycol, or paraffin hydrocarbon.

Suitable formulations for parenteral administration include aqueoussolutions of the active compound in a water-soluble form such as, forexample, a water-soluble salt, alkaline solution, or acidic solution.Alternatively, a suspension of the active compound can be prepared as anoily suspension. Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles for such assuspension may include fatty oils (for example, sesame oil), syntheticfatty acid esters (for example, ethyl oleate), triglycerides, or apolyethylene glycol such as polyethylene glycol-400 (PEG-400). Anaqueous suspension may contain one or more substances to increase theviscosity of the suspension, including, for example, sodiumcarboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, and/or dextran. The suspension mayoptionally contain stabilizers.

The following examples are illustrative, but not limiting, of thecompounds, compositions, and methods of the present disclosure. Suitablemodifications and adaptations of the variety of conditions andparameters normally encountered in clinical therapy and which areobvious to those skilled in the art in view of this disclosure arewithin the spirit and scope of the disclosure.

EXAMPLES

The abbreviations set forth in TABLE 3 are used in the followingexamples:

TABLE 3 ACN acetonitrile AcOH acetic acid aq. aqueous atm atmosphere(s)° C. degrees Celcius d day(s) DCM dichloromethane DMF dimethylformamideDMSO dimethylsulfoxide EtOAc ethyl acetate EtOH ethanol h hour(s) HPLChigh pressure liquid chromatography mCPBA meta-chloroperoxybenzoic acidMeOH methanol min minute(s) Pd(Ph₃P)₂Cl₂bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) dichloride (Ph)₃Ptriphenylphosphine PTSA p-toluenesulfonic acid RT room temperaturet-BuOH tert-butyl alcohol TFA trifluoroacetic acid THF tetrahydrofuran

Example 1 Synthesis of Compound 4

A mixture of Compound 1 (20.0 g, 92.0 mmol) and NH₄Cl (10.0 g) in 200 mLof NH₃ (7M in MeOH) was heated at 70° C. for 4 h. After cooling to RTthe solvent was removed under vacuum and the residue was washed withwater and dried to afford Compound 2 as white solid (15.0 g).

A suspension of Compound 2 (5.0 g, 25.0 mmol), Compound 3 (3.5 g, 25.0mmol), K₂CO₃ (8.0 g) and Pd(Ph₃P)₂Cl₂ (0.8 g) in DMF (100 mL)/water(0.05 mL) was heated at 80° C. under argon for 18 h. After cooling to RTthe reaction was quenched with water (200 mL) and extracted with EtOAc(2×150 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (2×50 mL)and brine (100 mL), concentrated and purified by flash chromatography(SiO₂, 33% EtOAc/hexanes) to give Compound 4 as white solid (4.0 g).Yield 75%. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 7.88-8.02 (m, 5H), 6.95 (d, J=8.8Hz, 2H).

Example 2 Synthesis of Compound 6

A mixture of Compound 5 (3.20 g, 16 mmol, ACROS), Compound 4 (3.50 g, 16mmol), and K₂CO₃ (2.50 g, 16 mmol) in DMF (30 mL) was heated at 90° C.under nitrogen for 4 h. The reaction mixture was cooled with ice-water,and slowly added water (30 mL). The solid was collected and suspended inACN (25 mL)/water (10 mL) at 0° C. for 15 min. The solid was collectedand dried to give Compound 6 as white solid (6.0 g). Yield 93%. ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.19 (dd, J=1.0, 7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.08 (d, J=8.8 Hz,2H), 7.94-7.98 (m, 3H), 7.89 (dd, J=1.0, 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (dd, J=1.9,8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.96 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 5.68 (brs,1H).

In a similar manner the following compounds were prepared:

Compound 7. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.20 (dd, J=1.0, 7.7 Hz, 1H),8.10 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.97 (dd, J=7.6, 7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.91 (dd, J=1.3,8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d,J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.05 (dd, J=2.4, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 5.75 (brs, 1H).

Compound 8. LC/MS: m/z=437.0/439.0 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 437.2).

6-(4-(2-Formyl-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound9): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 10.60 (s, 1H), 8.25 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H),8.20 (dd, J=0.8, 7.4 Hz, 1H), 8.12 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.90-8.00 (m, 2H),7.91 (dd, J=1.0, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (dd, J=2.4, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (d,J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.04 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 5.80 (brs, 1H).

Compound 10. ¹H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 10.40 (s, 1H), 8.20 (d, J=7.8Hz, 1H), 8.10 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.97-8.00 (m, 2H), 7.92 (d, J=7.8 Hz,1H), 7.81 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.35 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.21(d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 5.80 (brs, 1H).

Compound 11. LC/MS: m/z=384.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 383.3).

Compound 12. LC/MS: m/z=401.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 400.4).

Compound 13. LC/MS: m/z=320.0 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 319.3).

Example 3 Synthesis of6-(4-(4-cyano-2-(pyridin-4-yl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound 15)

A mixture of Compound 6 (0.22 g, 0.55 mmol), Compound 14 (0.12 g, 0.9mmol), K₂CO₃ (0.30 g, 2.3 mmol), and Pd(PPh₃)₂Cl₂ (80 mg, 0.11 mmol) inEtOH/DMF (1/1) (8 mL) and water (0.1 mL) was flushed with argon. Thereaction mixture was sealed and microwaved at 130° C. for 1 h. Aftercooling to RT the reaction mixture was quenched with water (20 mL) andextracted with EtOAc (40 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine,concentrated and purified by reverse-phase prep HPLC (C18, 0-100% 0.1%TFA in water/0.1 TFA in ACN) to give Compound 15 as the TFA salt (0.15g). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.78-8.81 (m, 2H), 8.21 (d, J=6.8 Hz,2H), 8.18 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 8.05 (d, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.9-7.98 (m, 3H),7.78 (dd, J=2.2, 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.07 (d, J=8.8 Hz,1H). LC/MS, m/z=393.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 392.4).

In a similar manner the following compounds were prepared:

6-(4-(4-cyano-2-(pyridin-3-yl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound 16).LC/MS: m/z=393.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 392.4).

6-(4-(4-cyano-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 17). LC/MS: m/z=395.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 394.4).

6-(4-((4′-amino-5-cyano-[1,1′-biphenyl]-2-yl)oxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 18). LC/MS: m/z=407.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 406.4).

6-(4-(4-cyano-2-(thiophen-3-yl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound19). LC/MS: m/z=398.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 397.4).

6-(4-(4-cyano-2-(6-methoxypyridin-3-yl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 20). LC/MS: m/z=423.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 422.4).

6-(4-(4-cyano-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 21). LC/MS: m/z=396.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 395.4).

6-(4-(4-cyano-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamid(Compound 22). LC/MS: m/z=396.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 395.4).

6-(4-(4-cyano-2-(6-hydroxypyridin-3-yl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 23). LC/MS: m/z=409.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 408.4).

6-(4-(4-cyano-2-(2-methoxypyridin-3-yl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 24). LC/MS: m/z=423.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 422.4).

6-(4-(4-cyano-2-(2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 25). LC/MS: m/z=423.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 422.4).

6-(4-(4-cyano-3-(pyridin-4-yl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound 26).LC/MS: m/z=393.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 392.4).

6-(4-(4-cyano-3-(pyridin-3-yl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound 27,V122186). LC/MS: m/z=393.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 392.4).

6-(4-(2-(pyridin-4-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 28). LC/MS: m/z=436.0 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 435.4).

6-(4-(2-(pyridin-3-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 29). LC/MS: m/z=436.0 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 435.4).

Example 4 Synthesis of6-(4-(2-(pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 30)

A mixture of Compound 9 (0.10 g, 0.26 mmol), pyrrolidine (0.028 g, 0.39mmol) and 4 A molecular sieves in DCM/ACN (1/1) (2 mL) was shaken at RTfor 1 h. NaBH(OAc)₃ (110 mg, 0.50 mmol) was added at RT and the reactionmixture was shaken at RT for 24 h. The reaction was quenched with water(2 mL) and extracted with CHCl₃ (6 mL). The organic layer was washedwith brine, concentrated and purified by reverse-phase prep HPLC (C18,0-100% 0.1% TFA in water/0.1% TFA in ACN) to give Compound 30 as the TFAsalt as a white solid. LC/MS: m/z=442.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 441.4).

In a similar manner the following compounds were prepared.

6-(4-(2-(((2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)amino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 31) LC/MS: m/z=459.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 458.5).

6-(4-(2-((4-sulfamoylphenethyl)amino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound 32). LC/MS: m/z=571.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 570.6).

6-(4-(2-((4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound 33). LC/MS: m/z=471.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 470.5).

6-(4-(2-(((2-(2-oxoimidazolidin-1-yl)ethyl)amino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound 34). LC/MS: m/z=500.2 [M+H]⁺(Calc: 499.5).

6-(4-(2-((3-oxopiperazin-1-yl)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound 35). LC/MS: m/z=471.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 470.4).

(S)-6-(4-(2-((3-hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 36). LC/MS: m/z=458.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 457.4).

6-(4-(2-(((2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)(methyl)amino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound 37). LC/MS: m/z=473.2 [M+H]⁺(Calc: 472.5).

6-(4-(2-((3-(dimethylamino)propyl)amino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound 38). LC/MS: m/z=473.2 [M+H]⁺(Calc: 472.5).

6-(4-(2-((dimethylamino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 39). LC/MS: m/z=416.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 415.4).

6-(4-(2-(((2-hydroxyethyl)amino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 40). LC/MS: m/z=432.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 431.4).

(S)-6-(4-(2-((2-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound 41). LC/MS: m/z=472.2 [M+H]⁺(Calc: 471.5).

(R)-6-(4-(2-((2-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound 42). LC/MS: m/z=472.2 [M+H]⁺(Calc: 471.5).

6-(4-(2-(morpholinomethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 43). LC/MS: m/z=458.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 457.4).

(S)-6-(4-(2-((2-carbamoylpyrrolidin-1-yl)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 44). LC/MS: m/z=485.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 484.5).

6-(4-(2-((3,3-difluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 45, V122263). LC/MS: m/z=478.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 477.4).

(S)-6-(4-(2-(((2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 46). LC/MS: m/z=471.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 470.4).

tert-butyl(1-(2-(4-(6-carbamoylpyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)pyrrolidin-3-yl)carbamate (Compound 47, V122269). LC/MS:m/z=557.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 556.6).

tert-butyl3-((2-(4-(6-carbamoylpyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)-amino)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (Compound 48). LC/MS: m/z=557.2[M+H]⁺ (Calc: 556.6).

6-(4-(2-(piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 49). LC/MS: m/z=456.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 455.5).

6-(4-(2-(azetidin-1-ylmethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 50). LC/MS: m/z=557.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 427.4).

6-(4-(2-((3-hydroxypiperidin-1-yl)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound 51). LC/MS: m/z=472.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 471.5).

6-(4-(2-(((2-hydroxyethyl)(methyl)amino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 52). LC/MS: m/z=446.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 445.4).

6-(4-(3-(azetidin-1-ylmethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 53). LC/MS: m/z=428.0 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 427.4).

(S)-6-(4-(3-((3-hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 54). LC/MS: m/z=458.0 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 457.4).

6-(4-(4-(trifluoromethyl)-3-(((3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)amino)methyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 55). LC/MS: m/z=484.0 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 483.4).

6-(4-(3-(pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound 56). LC/MS: m/z=442.0 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 441.4).

6-(4-(2-(1-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)ethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound 58). LC/MS: m/z=456.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 455.5).

6-(4-((6-(pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 59). LC/MS: m/z=375.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 374.4).

Example 5 Synthesis of6-(4-(2-((3-aminopyrrolidin-1-yl)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 60)

TFA (1 mL) was added to a solution of Compound 47 (20.0 mg, 0.035 mmol)in DCM (4 mL) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2h. The solvent was evaporated under vacuum and the residue purified byreverse-phase prep HPLC (C18, 0-100% 0.1% TFA in water/0.1 TFA in ACN)to give Compound 60 as the TFA salt as a white solid (15 mg). ¹H NMR(600 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.20 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.93-8.01 (m, 3H), 7.89 (s,1H), 7.62 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.99 (d, J=8.8 Hz,1H), 4.34 (s, 2H), 3.95 (s, 1H), 3.50-3.53 (m, 2H), 3.27-3.51 (m, 2H),2.42-2.50 (m, 1H), 1.95-2.04 (m, 1H). LC/MS: m/z=457.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc:456.5).

In a similar manner the following compounds were prepared:

6-(4-(2-((pyrrolidin-3-ylamino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound 61). LC/MS: m/z=457.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 456.5).

6-(4-(3-((3-aminoazetidin-1-yl)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound 62). LC/MS: m/z=443.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 442.4).

Example 6 Synthesis of6-(4-(2-(1-hydroxy-2-nitroethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound 63) and6-(4-(2-(2-amino-1-hydroxyethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 64)

A mixture of Compound 9 (0.20 g, 0.50 mmol), nitromethane (1.5 mL), THF(0.4 mL) and a catalytic amount of ammonium acetate (0.30 mmol) washeated in a microwave at 100° C. for 40 min. The solvent was evaporatedunder vacuum and the mixture purified by reverse-phase prep HPLC (C18,0-100% 0.1% TFA in water/0.1% TFA in ACN) to give Compound 63 as a whitesolid (50 mg). Yield 22%. ¹H NMR (600 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.19 (d, J=8.9 Hz,2H), 7.99 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.93-7.96 (m, 2H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.52 (d,J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 6.93 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 5.72 (dd,J=3, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 4.76 (dd, J=3, 12.6 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (dd, J=9, 12.6 Hz,1H). LC/MS: m/z=448.0 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 447.4).

A solution of Compound 63 (40.0 mg) in MeOH (40 mL) was passed throughH-Cube (Raney Nickel, 1 atm, 30° C., 1 mL/min) at RT for 30 min. Thesolvent was evaporated, and the product purified by reverse-phase prepHPLC (C18, 0-100% 0.1% TFA in water/0.1% TFA in ACN) to give Compound 64as the TFA salt as a white solid (40 mg). LC/MS: m/z=418.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc:417.4).

Example 7 Synthesis of6-(4-(2-(aminomethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 65)

A solution of Compound 11 (0.10 g, 0.26 mmol) in 2N NH₃ in MeOH (20 mL)was passed through H-Cube (Raney Nickel, 5 atm, 30° C., 1 mL/min) for 30min. The solvent was evaporated and the product purified byreverse-phase prep HPLC (C18, 0-100% 0.1% TFA in water/0.1% TFA in ACN)to give Compound 65 as the TFA salt as a white solid (90 mg). ¹H NMR(600 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.22 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 8.01 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H),7.93-7.98 (m, 2H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J=9.6Hz, 2H), 6.97 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.26 (s, 2H). LC/MS: m/z=388.2 [M+H]⁺(Calc: 387.4).

Example 8 Synthesis of(S)-4-(2-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl)piperazin-2-one(Compound 74)

n-BuLi (22 mL, 2.5 N in hexane, 55.0 mmol) was added to a suspension ofCompound 67 (19.0 g, 53 mmol) in THF (300 mL) at −30° C. The mixture wasstirred under argon at −20° C. for 1 h to give a yellow solution. Asolution of Compound 66 (10.0 g, 53 mmol, Accela Chembio) in THF (50 mL)was added over 5 min. The reaction mixture was warmed to RT over 1 h andheated at 35° C. for 10 h. The reaction was quenched with water (150 mL)and extracted with CHCl₃ (3×150 mL). The combined organic layers wereconcentrated and purified by flash chromatography (SiO₂, 33%CHCl₃/hexanes) to give Compound 68 as a colorless oil (7.0 g). ¹H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 7.42 (dd, 7.6, 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, 7.6 Hz, 1H),7.2 (dd, 0.7, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.66 (dd, 10.2, 17.5 Hz, 1H), 6.17 (dd, 1.0,17.3 Hz, 1H), 5.44 (dd, 0.8, 17.3 Hz, 1H).

Ad-Mix-alpha (18 g, Aldrich) was added to a solution of Compound 68(3.60 g, 19.5 mmol) in t-BuOH/water (1/1) (150 mL) at 0° C. The reactionwas warmed to RT and stirred for 24 h. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated under vacuum, water (200 mL) was added and extracted withEtOAc (2×100 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine andconcentrated to give a yellow oil which was dissolved in acetone/CHCl₃(1/1) (20 mL). To this solution, was added 2,2-dimethoxypropane (4 mL,excess) and PTSA (0.37 g, 1.9 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred atRT for 72 h. The reaction was quenched with water (30 mL) and 2N NaOH (2mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2×100 mL). The combined organic layer waswashed with brine, concentrated and purified by flash chromatography(SiO₂, 10% EtOAc/hexanes) to give Compound 69 as brown oil (4.0 g).Yield 79%. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 7.57 (dd, J=7.6, 7.7 Hz, 1H),7.50-7.52 (m, 1H), 7.39 (ddd, J=0.6, 0.9, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 5.16 (t, J=6.6Hz, 1H), 4.47 (dd, I=6.6, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 3.95 (dd, J=6.1, 8.5 Hz, 1H),1.53 (s, 3H), 1.48 (s, 3H).

A mixture of Compound 69 (1.0 g, 3.8 mmol), Compound 3 (0.6 g, 4.3mmol), K₂CO₃ (1.0 g) and Pd(PPh₃)₂Cl₂ (30 mg, 0.043 mmol) were placed ina mixture of DMF (10 mL) and water (0.1 mL) and purged with argon. Afterheating at 100° C. for 3 h the reaction was quenched with water (40 mL),extracted with EtOAc (100 mL), concentrated and purified by flashchromatography (SiO₂, 0-50% MeOH/CHCl₃). to give Compound 70 as a brownoil (0.8 g). LC/MS: m/z=272.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 271.3).

A mixture of Compound 71 (0.78 g, 3.7 mmol), Compound 70 (1.0 g, 3.7mmol) and K₂CO₃ (1.0 g, 7.4 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was heated at 90° C.under nitrogen for 4 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, quenchedwith water (40 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (150 mL). The organic layerwas washed with brine, concentrated and purified by flash chromatography(SiO₂, 25% EtOAc/hexanes) to give Compound 72 as a yellow oil (1.5 g).Yield 92%. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 10.60 (s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.11(d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.82 (dd, J=7.6, 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H),7.65 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H),7.02 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 5.29 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 4.54 (dd, J=7.8, 8.4 Hz,1H), 4.09-4.16 (m, 1H), 1.59 (s, 3H), 1.55 (s, 3H).

A mixture of Compound 72 (0.10 g, 0.23 mmol) and piperazin-2-one(Compound 73) (33 mg, 0.34 mmol) in ACN (2 mL) was shaken at RT for 2 h.NaBH(OAc)₃. (96 mg, 0.45 mmol) was added and the mixture shaken at RTfor 24 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with water (2 mL), extractedwith CHCl₃ (2×4 mL) and concentrated to give an oil. After dissolving inTHF (5 mL), 1N HCl (2 mL) was added and the resulting mixture shaken atRT for 2 h. The reaction was quenched with water (2 mL), extracted withCHCl₃, concentrated and purified by reverse-phase prep HPLC (C18, 0-100%0.1% TFA in water/0.1% TFA in ACN) to give Compound 74 as the TFA saltas a white solid (60 mg). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.02 (d, J=7.6 Hz,2H), 7.96 (dd, J=7.2, 8 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (d, J=2 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (d, J=8.0Hz, 1H), 7.67 (dd, J=2, 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.55 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d,J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.02 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.81 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.39 (s,2H), 3.7-3.84 (m, 4H), 3.36-3.45 (m, 4H). LC/MS: m/z=488.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc:487.4).

In a similar manner, the following compounds were prepared:

(S)-1-(6-(4-(2-(((S)-3-hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethane-1,2-diol (Compound 75). LC/MS:m/z=475.0 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 474.5).

Compound 76. LC/MS: m/z=385.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 384.4).

(R)-6-(4-(2-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound 77). Prepared from Compound 76 using Ad-Mix-beta(Aldrich). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.15 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.98 (d,J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.92-7.96 (m, 2H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.45 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H),7.08 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 6.92 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.09-5.11 (m, 1H), 3.73(dd, J=3, 11.5 Hz, 1H), 3.50 (dd, J=7.2, 12 Hz, 1H). LC/MS: m/z=419.1[M+H]⁺ (Calc: 418.4).

Example 96-(4-(2-(1-hydroxy-2-(3-oxopiperazin-1-yl)ethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound 79)

mCPBA (45 mg, 0.26 mmol) was added to a solution of Compound 76 (0.10 g,0.26 mmol) in CHCl₃ (3 mL) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at0° C. for 1 h and at RT for 36 h. The reaction was quenched with 2N NaOH(0.4 mL). The organic layer was separated, washed with saturated aq.Na₂SO₃ (1 mL), filtered over K₂CO₃ and concentrated to give crudeCompound 78 (Ca 0.2 g). LC/MS: m/z=401.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 400.3).

A mixture of crude Compound 78 (60 mg, 0.15 mmol) and Compound 73 (15mg, 0.15 mmol) in 1 mL of EtOH/CHCl₃ (4/1) was shaken at RT for 72 h,and at 75° C. for 4 h. After cooling to RT the reaction was quenchedwith 0.1N HCl (1 mL), extracted with CHCl₃ (4 mL), concentrated andpurified by reverse-phase prep HPLC (C18, 0-100% 0.1% TFA in water/0.1%TFA in ACN) to give Compound 79 as the TFA salt as a white solid (20mg). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.20 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 2H), 7.92-8.01 (m,4H), 7.56 (dd, J=2.4, 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 6.95 (d,J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.51 (dd, J=2.8, 10.4 Hz, 1H), 3.87 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H),3.20-3.70 (m, 6H). LC/MS: m/z=501.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 500.5).

Example 106-(4-(2-(2-amino-2-oxo-1-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)ethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound 81)

Pyrrolidine (74 mg, 1.0 mmol) was added to a mixture of Compound 9 (0.2g, 0.52 mmol) and Zn(CN)₂ (0.12 g, 1.0 mmol) in EtOH/AcOH (3/1) (4 mL)at RT. The resulting mixture was shaken at 80° C. for 3 h. After coolingto RT the reaction was quenched by the addition of water (4 mL) andextracted with CHCl₃ (6 mL). The organic layer was cooled in an icewater bath, washed with water (2×3 mL) and treated with 1N NaOH to pH10. The solvent was removed under vacuum to yield crude Compound 80which was used directly in the next step.

Compound 80 from the previous step was dissolved in MeOH (4 mL), DMSO(40 mg), 2 N NaOH (0.4 mL) and 30% 11202 (20 mg) were added and theresulting mixture stirred at RT for 1 h. The reaction was quenched bythe addition of water and extracted with CHCl₃. The organic layer waswashed with saturated aq. Na₂SO₃ (1 mL), concentrated and purified byreverse-phase prep HPLC (C18, 0-100% 0.1% TFA in water/0.1% TFA in ACN)to give Compound 81 as the TFA salt as a white solid (60 mg). ¹H NMR(600 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 10.42 (s, 1H), 8.42 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 8.29 (s,1H), 8.16 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 8.02 (dd, J=7.2, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (s, 1H),7.95 (s, 1H), 7.93 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.75 (d, J=7.8 Hz,1H), 7.69 (s, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.94 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 5.46(s, 1H), 3.69 (s, 1H), 2.99-3.23 (m, 3H), 1.81-2.01 (m, 4H). LC/MS:m/z=485.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 484.5).

In a similar manner the following compounds were prepared:

6-(4-(2-(2-amino-2-oxo-1-(piperidin-1-yl)ethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 82). LC/MS: m/z=499.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 498.5).

6-(4-(2-(2-amino-2-oxo-1-(propylamino)ethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 83). LC/MS: m/z=473.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 472.5).

6-(4-(2-(2-amino-1-(dimethylamino)-2-oxoethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 84). LC/MS: m/z=459.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 458.4).

6-(4-(2-(2-amino-1-(diethylamino)-2-oxoethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 85). LC/MS: m/z=487.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 486.5).

Example 11

The following compounds were prepared in a manner similar to thatdescribed in EXAMPLES 1-10:

6-(2-chloro-4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound 86). LC/MS,m/z=343.0 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 342.7).

6-(3-chloro-4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound 87). LC/MS,m/z=343.0 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 342.7).

6-(3-cyano-4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound 89). LC/MS,m/z=334.0 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 334.3).

6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound90). LC/MS, m/z=377.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 376.3).

6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound91). LC/MS, m/z=377.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 376.3).

6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)-3-(methyl(phenyl)amino)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 92). LC/MS, m/z=414.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 413.4).

4-((5-(6-carbamoylpyridin-2-yl)-2-(4-fluorophenoxy)benzyl)(methyl)amino)benzoic acid (Compound 93). LC/MS, m/z=472.0 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 471.5).

6-(3-((4-chloro-2-iodophenoxy)methyl)-4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound 94). LC/MS, m/z=575.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 574.7).

6-(3-((diethylamino)methyl)-4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 95). LC/MS, m/z=394.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 393.5).

6-(3-(ethoxymethyl)-4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound96). LC/MS, m/z=367.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 366.4).

6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)-3-(pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 97). LC/MS, m/z=392.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 391.4).

6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)-3-(morpholinomethyl)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound98). LC/MS, m/z=408.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 407.4).

6-(2-fluoro-4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound 99). LC/MS,m/z=327.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 326.3).

6-(4′-chloro-6-(4-fluorophenoxy)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-yl)picolinamide(Compound 100). LC/MS, m/z=419.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 418.9).

6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)-3-(2H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound101). LC/MS, m/z=377.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 376.3).

6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)-3-((methyl(phenyl)amino)methyl)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 102). LC/MS, m/z=428.3 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 427.5).

6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)-3-(methoxymethyl)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound103). LC/MS, m/z=353.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 352.4).

6-(4-(4-fluorophenoxy)-3-((4-fluorophenoxy)methyl)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 104). LC/MS, m/z=433.0 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 432.4).

6-(3-((4-cyanophenoxy)methyl)-4-(4-fluorophenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 105). LC/MS, m/z=440.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 439.4).

TFA salt of6-(4-(3-((3-oxopiperazin-1-yl)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)-phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 106): ¹H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.34 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H),8.27 (br. s., 1H), 8.11 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.91(d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.78-7.88 (m, 1H), 7.72 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (br.s., 1H), 7.41 (br. s., 1H), 7.19 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.07 (d, J=7.5 Hz,1H), 3.49-4.05 (m, 2H), 2.91-3.35 (m, 4H), 2.48-2.88 (m, 2H). LC/MS,m/z=471.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 470.4).

TFA salt(S)-1-(6-(4-(2-(piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-pyridin-2-yl)ethane-1,2-diol(Compound 107): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 7.34 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H),7.21 (d, J=11.9 Hz, 2H), 7.06 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H),6.84 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.53 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.30 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H),4.07-4.15 (m, 1H), 3.74 (s, 2H), 2.95-3.21 (m, 2H), 2.79 (d, J=11.4 Hz,2H), 2.34 (t, J=11.4 Hz, 2H), 0.88-1.31 (m, 5H), 0.75 (d, J=11.9 Hz,1H). LC/MS, m/z=473.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 472.5).

TFA salt of6-(4-(2-((cyclopentylamino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)-phenyl)-picolinamide(Compound 108): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.93 (br. s., 2H), 8.47 (d,J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.34 (br. s., 1H), 8.20 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.04-8.13 (m,2H), 7.95-8.03 (m, 1H), 7.68-7.87 (m, 2H), 7.33 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.03(d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 4.37 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 3.58-3.72 (m, 1H), 1.94-2.16(m, 2H), 1.65-1.80 (m, 4H), 1.49-1.62 (m, 2H). LC/MS, m/z=456.1 [M+H]⁺(Calc: 455.5).

TFA salt of6-(4-(2-(N,N-diethylsulfamoyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-picolinamide(Compound 109): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.37 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H),8.27 (br. s., 1H), 8.06-8.17 (m, 2H), 8.01 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (dd,J=7.6, 1.0 Hz, 2H), 7.66 (br. s., 1H), 7.23 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.15 (d,J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 3.29 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 4H), 1.02 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 6H). LC/MS,m/z=494.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 493.5).

Methyl2-(4-(6-carbamoylpyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzoate(Compound 110) with the following structure:

LC/MS: m/z=417.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 416.4).

TFA salt of6-(4-(2-(2-oxo-1,2-di(pyrrolidin-1-yl)ethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)-phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 111): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.26 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H),7.88-8.07 (m, 4H), 7.73 (dd, J=8.9, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.17-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.07(d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.83 (s, 1H), 3.83 (br. s., 1H), 3.64-3.77 (m, 1H),3.43-3.56 (m, 1H), 3.24-3.41 (m, 2H), 3.13 (br. s., 2H), 2.94-3.06 (m,1H), 2.09 (br. s., 3H), 1.64-1.98 (m, 5H). LC/MS, m/z=539.2 [M+H]⁺(Calc: 538.6).

TFA salt of6-(4-(2-(2-oxo-1-(3-oxopiperazin-1-yl)-2-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)ethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 112): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.23 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H),7.88-8.10 (m, 4H), 7.67 (dd, J=8.8, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H),7.06 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.42 (s, 1H), 3.61-3.73 (m, 1H), 3.57 (d, J=16.1Hz, 1H), 3.22-3.51 (m, 6H), 3.07-3.19 (m, 2H), 1.62-1.98 (m, 4H). LC/MS,m/z=568.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 567.6).

TFA salt of(S)-2-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-N,N-diethyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzenesulfonamide(Compound 113): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.27 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H),8.05-8.19 (m, 3H), 7.86-7.98 (m, 2H), 7.71 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d,J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.22 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 4.92-5.02 (m, 1H), 3.79-4.00 (m,2H), 3.45 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 4H), 1.18 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 6H). LC/MS, m/z=511.2[M+H]⁺ (Calc: 510.5).

TFA salt of6-(4-(2-((thiazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)-phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 114): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.16 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H),7.90-8.02 (m, 3H), 7.76 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (dd, J=8.7, 2.1 Hz, 1H),7.12 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.03 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H),6.77 (d, J=4.2 Hz, 1H), 4.70 (s, 2H). LC/MS, m/z=471.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc:470.5).

(R)-1-(2-(4-(2-(pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)ethane-1,2-diol(Compound 115): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.68 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.38(d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.76 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (dd, J=8.6, 1.8 Hz, 1H),7.42 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 6.95-7.06 (m, 3H), 4.68 (m, 1H), 3.88 (dd,J=11.2, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.69-3.77 (m, 3H), 2.54 (m, 4H), 1.67-1.77 (m, 4H).LC/MS, m/z=460.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 459.5).

(S)-1-(2-(4-(2-(pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)ethane-1,2-diol(Compound 116): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.68 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.38(d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.76 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (dd, J=8.6, 1.8 Hz, 1H),7.42 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 6.95-7.06 (m, 3H), 4.68 (m, 1H), 3.88 (dd,J=11.2, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.69-3.77 (m, 3H), 2.54 (m, 4H), 1.67-1.77 (m, 4H).LC/MS, m/z=460.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 459.5).

TFA salt of6-(4-(2-((ethyl(methyl)amino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)-phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 117): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.38 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H),8.12 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.97-8.07 (m, 2H), 7.91-7.96 (m, 1H), 7.75 (dd,J=8.7, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.99 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H),4.47-4.63 (m, 1H), 4.34-4.44 (m, 1H), 3.22-3.38 (m, 1H), 3.10-3.21 (m,1H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 1.25 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H). LC/MS, m/z=430.2 [M+H]⁺(Calc: 429.4).

TFA salt of6-(4-(2-((diethylamino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-picolinamide(Compound 118): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.38 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H),8.12 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H),7.92-7.97 (m, 1H), 7.75 (dd, J=8.7, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H),7.00 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.46 (s, 2H), 3.10-3.27 (m, 4H), 1.24 (t, J=7.3Hz, 6H). LC/MS, m/z=444.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 443.5).

TFA salt of6-(4-(2-((ethyl(2-hydroxyethyl)amino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)-phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 119): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.38 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H),8.12 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H),7.90-7.97 (m, 1H), 7.74 (dd, J=8.7, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H),6.99 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.40-4.63 (m, 2H), 3.75 (t, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 3.24(q, J=7.1 Hz, 4H), 1.26 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H)). LC/MS, m/z=460.2 [M+H]⁺(Calc: 459.5).

TFA salt of6-(4-(2-(((2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)(ethyl)amino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 120): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.35 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H),8.25 (br. s., 1H), 8.11 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H),7.87-7.95 (m, 2H), 7.67 (br. s., 2H), 7.17 (br. s., 2H), 7.01 (d, J=8.6Hz, 1H), 3.96 (br. s., 2H), 3.30 (br. s., 2H), 2.6-2.9 (m, 10H),0.95-1.05 (m, 3H). LC/MS, m/z=487.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 486.5).

TFA salt of6-(4-(2-((3-carbamoylpiperidin-1-yl)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)-phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 121): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.30-8.40 (m, 2H),7.88-8.18 (m, 4H), 7.73 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (dd, J=16.2, 8.7 Hz,2H), 6.98 (dd, J=8.6, 5.7 Hz, 1H), 4.34-4.57 (m, 2H), 3.41-3.61 (m, 2H),3.11-3.21 (m, 1H), 2.99-3.09 (m, 1H), 2.56-2.90 (m, 1H), 1.36-2.02 (m,4H). LC/MS, m/z=499.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 498.5).

(S)-6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-2-(4-(2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)-phenoxy)phenyl)pyrimidine-4-carboxamide(Compound 122): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.47-8.53 (m, 2H), 8.05 (s,1H), 7.73 (dd, J=8.6, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d,J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.98-7.03 (m, 2H), 6.28 (d, J=2.0Hz, 1H), 4.73-4.48 (m, 1H), 3.90 (dd, J=11.2, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.74-3.79 (m,1H), 3.73 (s, 314). LC/MS, m/z=500.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 499.4).

6-(4-(2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 123): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.18-8.28 (m, 2H), 7.99-8.10(m, 3H), 7.77-7.85 (m, 2H), 7.53 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J=8.6 Hz,1H), 7.10-7.19 (m, 2H), 6.43 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (s, 3H). LC/MS,m/z=439.0 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 438.4).

2-(6-carbamoyl-2-(4-(2-((diethylamino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-pyrimidin-4-yl)ethylacetate (Compound 124): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.63 (d, J=8.8 Hz,2H), 7.92 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.71 (dd, J=8.8, 2.0 Hz, 1H),7.19-7.27 (m, 2H), 7.06 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 4.46-4.56 (m, 4H), 3.22-3.31(m, 4H), 3.17-3.20 (m, 2H), 1.89 (s, 3H), 1.32 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 6H). LC/MS,m/z=531.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 530.5).

2-(4-(2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)pyrimidine-4-carboxamide(Compound 125): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.95 (d, J=5.1 Hz, Hi),8.43-8.53 (m, 2H), 7.82 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.64-7.77 (m, 2H), 7.38 (d,J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.98-7.05 (m, 2H), 6.29 (d, J=2.0Hz, 1H), 3.73 (s, 3H). LC/MS, m/z=440.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 439.4).

(S)-2-(4-(2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-6-((2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)pyrimidine-4-carboxamide(Compound 126): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.30-8.36 (m, 2H), 7.65-7.76(m, 2H), 7.39 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.95-7.04 (m,3H), 6.29 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.69-4.75 (m, 1H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.30-3.44(m, 2H), 2.46-2.58 (m, 1H), 2.10-2.25 (m, 1H). LC/MS, m/z=538.2 [M+H]⁺(Calc: 537.5).

6-(2-(1H-imidazol-1-yl)ethyl)-2-(4-(2-(morpholinomethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)-phenoxy)phenyl)pyrimidine-4-carboxamide(Compound 127): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.87 (s, 1H), 8.56-8.64 (m,2H), 7.94 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.70 (dd, J=8.8, 2.0 Hz, 1H),7.63 (t, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (t, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.20-7.28 (m, 2H), 7.03(d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 4.77-4.82 (m, 2H), 4.48 (s, 2H), 3.84 (br. s., 4H),3.52 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.27-3.39 (m, 4H). LC/MS, m/z=553.2 [M+H]⁺(Calc: 552.6).

(S)-2-(4-(2-(2-(dimethylamino)pyrimidin-5-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-6-((2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)pyrimidine-4-carboxamide(Compound 128): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.52 (s, 2H), 8.33-8.39 (m,2H), 7.74 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (dd, J=8.7, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (d,J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (s, 1H), 6.93-7.00 (m, 2H), 4.72 (br. s., 1H),3.31-3.43 (m, 2H), 3.12 (s, 6H), 2.45-2.58 (m, 1H), 2.09-2.25 (m, 1H).LC/MS, m/z=579.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 578.6).

(S)-2-(4-(2-(5-(dimethylamino)pyrazin-2-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-6-((2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)pyrimidine-4-carboxamide(Compound 129): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.70 (d, J=1.3 Hz, 1H),8.54 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.29 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 2H), 8.23 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H),8.09 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.69-7.77 (m, 2H), 7.23 (d, J=8.6Hz, 1H), 7.15 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.06 (s, 1H), 4.71 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H),3.29 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.11 (s, 6H), 2.52-2.56 (m, 1H), 1.99 (t, J=9.8Hz, 1H). LC/MS, m/z=579.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 578.5).

(S)-2-(4-(2-((diethylamino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyrimidine-4-carboxamide(Compound 130): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.61-8.67 (m, 2H), 8.09 (s,1H), 7.92 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (dd, J=8.7, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.19-7.28 (m,2H), 7.06 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 4.78 (br. s., 1H), 4.49 (s, 2H), 3.92 (dd,J=11.3, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 3.79 (dd, J=11.3, 5.8 Hz, 1H), 3.22-3.29 (m, 4H),1.32 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 6H). LC/MS, m/z=505.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 504.5).

6-Carbamoyl-2-(4-(2-((diethylamino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-pyrimidine-4-carboxylicacid (Compound 131): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.70 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H),8.37 (s, 1H), 7.93 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (dd, J=8.7, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.23(d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.08 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (s, 2H), 3.25 (q, J=7.3Hz, 4H), 1.32 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 6H). LC/MS, m/z=489.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 488.5).

6-Carbamoyl-2-(4-(2-(morpholinomethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-pyrimidine-4-carboxylicacid (Compound 132): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.68 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H),8.37 (s, 1H), 7.93 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (dd, J=8.7, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.23(d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.06 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.50 (s, 2H), 3.85 (br. s.,4H), 3.34 (br. s., 4H). LC/MS, m/z=503.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 502.4).

(R)-2-(4-(2-((diethylamino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyrimidine-4-carboxamide(Compound 133): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.62-8.66 (m, 2H), 8.09 (s,1H), 7.95 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (dd, J=8.7, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.19-7.29 (m,2H), 7.04 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 4.79 (br. s., 1H), 4.47 (s, 2H), 3.90 (dd,J=11.3, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 3.81 (dd, J=11.3, 5.8 Hz, 1H), 3.22-3.30 (m, 4H),1.34 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 6H). LC/MS, m/z=505.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 504.5).

(S)-6-((1-amino-1-oxopropan-2-yl)amino)-2-(4-(2-(5-(dimethylamino)pyrazin-2-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)pyrimidine-4-carboxamide(Compound 134): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.64 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1H),8.50 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.22 (d, J=1.3 Hz, 2H), 8.15 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H),7.88 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 7.61-7.69 (m, 2H), 7.45 (br. s., 1H), 7.13 (d,J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 6.91 (br. s., 1H),4.49 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 3.04 (s, 6H), 1.30 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 3H). LC/MS,m/z=567.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 566.5).

(S)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)-phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 135): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.19-8.26 (m, 2H), 8.09 (d,J=7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.76-7.84 (m, 2H), 7.51 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (d, J=8.6Hz, 1H), 7.11-7.19 (m, 2H), 6.41 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.83-4.87 (m, 1H),3.85 (s, 3H), 3.67-3.80 (m, 2H). LC/MS, m/z=499.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 498.5).

(S)-6-(4-(2-(1-(azetidin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-chlorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)picolinamide(Compound 136): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.05-8.11 (m, 3H), 8.00 (s,1H), 7.66 (d, J=1.54 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (dd, J=2.64, 8.80 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (d,J=2.42 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J=8.80 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (d, J=8.58 Hz, 2H), 6.36(d, J=1.76 Hz, 1H), 5.22 (quin, J=7.37 Hz, 1H), 4.86 (dd, J=4.40, 6.82Hz, 1H), 4.42 (dd, J=6.71, 10.45 Hz, 2H), 4.14-4.24 (m, 2H), 3.74-3.83(m, 1H), 3.64-3.73 (m, 1H). LC/MS, m/z=506.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 505.9).

(S)-2-(4-(2-(1-(azetidin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-chlorophenoxy)phenyl)-6-((2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)pyrimidine-4-carboxamide(Compound 137): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.37 (d, J=8.80 Hz, 2H), 7.70(d, J=1.76 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (dd, J=2.42, 8.80 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J=2.64 Hz,1H), 7.13 (s, 1H), 7.07 (d, J=8.80 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (d, J=8.80 Hz, 2H),6.39 (d, J=1.76 Hz, 1H), 5.21-5.32 (m, 1H), 4.70-4.82 (m, 1H), 4.44-4.56(m, 4H), 3.41-3.54 (m, 2H), 2.59-2.77 (m, 1H), 2.15-2.34 (m, 1H). LC/MS,m/z=545.3 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 545.0).

(S)-6-((1-amino-1-oxopropan-2-yl)amino)-2-(4-(2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)pyrimidine-4-carboxamide(Compound 138): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.46 (d, J=8.80 Hz, 2H),7.66-7.77 (m, 2H), 7.50 (d, J=1.98 Hz, 1H), 7.11-7.21 (m, 2H), 7.05 (d,J=8.80 Hz, 2H), 6.38 (d, J=1.98 Hz, 1H), 4.61 (br. s., 1H), 3.86 (s,3H), 1.55 (d, J=7.26 Hz, 3H). LC/MS, m/z=526.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 525.5).

(S)-6-((1-amino-1-oxopropan-2-yl)amino)-2-(4-(2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenoxy)phenyl)pyrimidine-4-carboxamide(Compound 139): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.39-8.47 (m, 2H), 7.52-7.58(m, 1H), 7.48 (dd, J=7.6, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.33-7.38(m, 1H), 7.20 (dd, J=8.1, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (s, 1H), 6.88-6.93 (m, 2H),6.26 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.50-4.62 (m, 1H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 1.53 (d, J=7.3Hz, 3H). LC/MS, m/z=458.3 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 457.5).

(S)-6-((1-amino-1-oxopropan-2-yl)amino)-2-(4-(2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-phenoxy)phenyl)pyrimidine-4-carboxamide(Compound 140): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.35-8.43 (m, 2H), 7.44-7.58(m, 2H), 7.41 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.31-7.38 (m, 1H), 7.19 (d, J=8.1 Hz,1H), 7.10 (s, 1H), 6.87-6.95 (m, 2H), 6.26 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 4.73-4.85(m, 1H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.39-3.54 (m, 2H), 2.55-2.66 (m, 1H), 2.17-2.36(m, 1H). LC/MS, m/z=470.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 469.5).

(S)-2-(4-(4-chloro-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenoxy)phenyl)-6-((2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)pyrimidine-4-carboxamide(Compound 141): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.21-8.28 (m, 2H), 7.39-7.48(m, 2H), 7.32 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (s, 1H),6.82-6.90 (m, 2H), 6.20 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.74 (m, 1H), 3.70 (s, 3H),3.29-3.41 (m, 2H), 2.46-2.57 (m, 1H), 2.08-2.23 (m, 1H). LC/MS,m/z=504.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 503.9).

(S)-1-(2-(4-(6-(2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxolan-4-yl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-5-fluorophenyl)-2,2,2-trifluoroethan-1-one(Compound 142) with the following structure:

LC/MS, m/z=462.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 461.4).

Methyl(S)-2-(4-(6-(2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxolan-4-yl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzoate(Compound 143) with the following structure:

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 8.22 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (d, J=8.4 Hz,2H), 7.77-7.81 (m, 1H), 7.68 (dd, J=2.8 and 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=7.6Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.07 (d, J=8.8Hz, 1H), 5.29 (dd, J=6.4 and 6.8 Hz, 1H), 4.08-4.16 (m, 2H), 3.9 (s,3H), 1.58 (s, 3H), 1.53 (s, 3H). LC/MS, m/z=474.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 473.4).

Methyl6-(4-(2-(cyano(hydroxy)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-picolinate(Compound 144): LC/MS, m/z=429.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 428.4).

6-(4-(2-(Amino(cyano)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 145): LC/MS, m/z=413.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 412.4).

Example 12(S)-6-((1-amino-1-oxopropan-2-yl)amino)-2-chloropyrimidine-4-carboxamide(Compound 150)

A mixture of 2,6-dioxo-1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyrimidine-4-carboxylic acid(Compound 146, 34.8 g, 0.20 mol, Aldrich), phosphorus oxychloride (100mL, 1.09 mol) and 20 drops of DMF were heated at 110° C. overnight.After cooling to RT the dark mixture was diluted with hexanes (500 mL)and vigorously stirred. The hexane layer was decanted, quickly washedwith water (100 mL), brine (100 mL) and dried over MgSO₄. The organiclayer was filtered and carefully evaporated in vacuo to give2,6-dichloropyrimidine-4-carbonyl chloride (Compound 147) as a lightyellow liquid (26.13 g). Yield 62%. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 7.93 (s,1H).

To a solution of Compound 147 (26.13 g, 123.6 mmol) in Et₂O (500 mL) wasadded a mixture of 0.5M NH₃ in dioxane (250 mL, 125 mmol) and DIPEA (22mL, 126 mmol) dropwise over 50 min. After stirring at RT overnight thereaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give a residue that waspurified by flash chromatography (SiO₂, 10-50% EtOAc/hexanes). Theproduct obtained was triturated with 10 mL 10% EtOAc/hexanes andfiltered to give 2,6-dichloropyrimidine-4-carboxamide (Compound 148) asan orange crystalline solid (9.743 g). Yield 41% ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆): δ 8.40 (br s, 1H), 8.16 (br s, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H). LC/MS:m/z=192.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 191.4).

To a solution of Compound 148 (4.80 g, 25.0 mmol) in ACN (100 mL) wasadded (S)-2-aminopropane carboxamide hydrochloride (Compound 149) (3.18g, 25.54 mmol) and DIPEA (9.60 mL, 55.11 mmol). The mixture was heatedat 50° C. overnight then concentrated. The residue was purified by flashchromatography (SiO₂, 20-60% acetone/hexanes) to give Compound 150 as apale tan powder (4.81 g). Yield 79%. LC/MS: m/z=244.5 [M+H]⁺ (Calc:243.7).

In a similar manner the following compounds were prepared:

(S)-2-chloro-6-((2-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)amino)pyrimidine-4-carboxamide(Compound 151): LC/MS: m/z=256.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 255.7).

Example 13 N,N-diethyl-2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzenesulfonamide(Compound 153)

2-Fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzenesulfonyl chloride (Compound 152, 1.00g, 3.8 mmol, Alfa Aesar) was added to a solution of Et₂NH (0.60 g, 7.6mmol) in DCM (10 mL) at 0° C. over 5 min. After stirring for 1 h at 0°C., the reaction was quenched with 2N aq. HCl (4 mL) and the layersseparated. The organic layer was washed with brine, and concentrated togive Compound 153 as a colorless oil (1.00 g). Yield 88%. ¹H NMR (400MHz, CDCl₃): δ 8.22 (dd, J=6.3, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (ddd, J=8.3, 4.1, 2.5Hz, 1H), 7.33 (t, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 3.39 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 4H), 1.18 (t, J=7.2Hz, 6H).

Example 14(Z)-6-(4-(2-((2,4-dioxothiazolidin-5-ylidene)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)-phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 155)

Pyrrolidine (19 mg, 0.26 mmol) in EtOH (1 mL) was added to a mixture of6-(4-(2-formyl-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound9, 100 mg, 0.26 mmol) and thiazolidine-2,4-dione (Compound 154, 91 mg,0.78 mmol) in EtOH (4 mL) at RT. The mixture was heated at 80° C. for 2h. After cooling to RT, the mixture was diluted with water (25 mL) and5N aq. HCl (0.4 mL) and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts werewashed with 10% aq. NH₄Cl (10 mL), satd. aq. NaHCO₃ (10 mL), dried overNa₂SO₄ and concentrated to give Compound 155 as a white solid (40 mg).Yield 30%. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 12.70 (br. s., 1H), 8.38 (d,J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 8.29 (br. s., 1H), 8.13 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (t, J=7.7Hz, 1H), 7.88-7.94 (m, 2H), 7.72-7.82 (m, 2H), 7.65 (br. s., 1H), 7.25(d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.05 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H). LC/MS: m/z=486.0 [M+H]⁺(Calc: 485.4).

Example 15(1S)-1-(6-(4-(4-fluoro-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-1-hydroxyethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethane-1,2-diol(Compound 156)

To a solution of(S)-1-(2-(4-(6-(2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxolan-4-yl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-5-fluorophenyl)-2,2,2-trifluoroethan-1-one(Compound 142, 50 mg, 0.11 mmol) in CHCl₃ (4 mL) at RT was addedNaBH(OAc)₃ (92 mg, 0.40 mmol). The mixture was stirred at RT for 14 h,quenched by the addition of water (1 mL) and extracted with CHCl₃. Theorganic extracts were concentrated, THF (4 mL) was added followed by 1Naq. HCl (2 mL). The mixture was stirred vigorously at RT for 16 h,cooled to 0° C. and taken to pH 9 by the addition of 1N aq. NaOH. Themixture was extracted with EtOAc. The organix extracts were dried overNa₂SO₄ and concentrated. The residue was purified by flashchromatography (SiO₂, 10-50% EtOAc/hexanes) to give Compound 156 as awhite solid (30 mg). Yield 50%. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.11 (t,J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.79-7.95 (m, 3H), 7.66 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (dd,J=9.1, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 7.00-7.14 (m, 3H), 6.94 (dd, J=9.0, 4.6 Hz, 1H),5.31 (q, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 4.88 (t, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.69-3.84 (m, 2H).LC/MS: m/z=424.0 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 423.4)

Example 166-(4-(2-(2-oxo-2-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)acetyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 157) and TFA salt of6-(4-(2-(1-hydroxy-2-oxo-2-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)ethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 158)

A mixture of CuBr₂ (67 mg, 0.30 mmol) and6-(4-(2-acetyl-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide (Compound12, 50.0 mg, 0.125 mmol) in 1:1 EtOAc/CHCl₃ (2 mL) was stirredvigorously at 80° C. for 24 h. After cooling to RT, the mixture wasconcentrated and the residue dissolved in 1:1 water/EtOAc (6 mL). K₂CO₃(0.15 g, 1.0 mmol) and pyrrolidine (30 mg, 0.4 mmol) were added and themixture stirred at RT for 16 h. The mixture was concentrated and theresidue purified by column (0-100% EtOAc/hexane) to give Compound 157 asa white solid (40 mg). Yield 40%

¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 8.27 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (dd, J=7.6, 1.0Hz, 1H), 8.04-8.12 (m, 2H), 7.94-8.02 (m, 2H), 7.87-7.93 (m, 1H), 7.77(dd, J=8.6, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.17-7.25 (m, 2H), 7.04 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 5.68(br., 1H), 3.58 (t, J=6.7 Hz, 2H), 3.41 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 1.80-2.02 (m,4H). LC/MS: m/z=484.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 483.4).

NaBH₄ (23 mg, 0.62 mmol) was added to a solution of Compound 157 (0.10g, 0.21 mmol) in 3:1 EtOH/CHCl₃ (4 mL). The mixture was vigorouslystirred at 0° C. for 1 h. The mixture was quenched by the addition ofwater and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were concentratedand the residue purified by reverse-phase prep HPLC (C18, 0-100% 0.1%TFA in water/0.1% TFA in ACN) to give TFA salt of Compound 158 as whitesolid (90 mg). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.15 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H),7.81-8.02 (m, 4H), 7.53 (dd, J=8.7, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H),6.97 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 5.68 (s, 1H), 3.52-3.66 (m, 1H), 3.25-3.36 (m,2H), 3.08-3.20 (m, 1H), 1.66-1.90 (m, 3H), 1.51-1.65 (m, 1H). LC/MS:m/z=486.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 485.4).

Example 172-(4-(6-carbamoylpyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzoic acid(Compound 159) and6-(4-(2-(pyrrolidine-1-carbonyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-picolinamide(Compound 160)

To a solution of Methyl2-(4-(6-carbamoylpyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzoate(Compound 110, 1.00 g, 2.40 mmol) in 2:1 MeOH/THF (9 mL) at 0° C. wasadded 2N aq. NaOH (1.5 mL, 3.0 mmol). The mixture was warmed to RT andstirred for 48 h. The mixture was concentrated, cooled to 0° C., andtaken to pH 2 by the addition of 5N aq. HCl. The mixture was extractedwith 1:1 EtOAc/CHCl₃ (200 mL) and the organic extracts were washed with10% aq. NH₄C1, brine and concentrated to give Compound 159 as a whitesolid (0.64 g). Yield 66%. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 13.45 (s, 1H),8.37 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.33 (s, 1H), 8.14-8.16 (m, 2H), 8.05 9 (d,J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (dd, J=2.4 & 8.8 Hz, 1H),7.71 (s, 1H), 7.23 (dd, J=7.6 & 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H).LC/MS: m/z=403.0 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 402.3).

HATU (70 mg, 0.18 mmol) was added to a mixture of Compound 159 (48.3 mg,0.12 mmol), pyrrolidine (8.5 mg, 0.12 mmol) and DIPEA (0.022 mL, 0.124mmol) in DMF (0.5 mL) at RT. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for24 h, quenched with water (2 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (5 mL). Theorganic extracts were concentrated and purified by flash chromatography(SiO₂, 0-50% MeOH/DCM) to give Compound 160 as white solid (28 mg).Yield 51%. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.29 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.08 (d,J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.88-8.01 (m, 2H), 7.62-7.76 (m, 2H), 7.15 (d, J=8.6 Hz,2H), 7.08 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 3.37 (t, J=6.5 Hz, 2H), 3.26 (t, J=6.2 Hz,2H), 1.64-1.87 (m, 4H). LC/MS: m/z=456.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 455.4).

In a similar manner the following compounds were prepared:

6-(4-(2-((2-Hydroxyethyl)(methyl)carbamoyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-picolinamide(Compound 161): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.17 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H),7.87-8.05 (m, 3H), 7.54-7.74 (m, 2H), 7.14 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 7.03 (dd,J=19.3, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 3.66 (br. s., 2H), 3.25-3.55 (m, 2H), 2.87-3.07 (m,3H). LC/MS: m/z=482.1 [M+Na]⁺ (Calc: 459.4).

6-(4-(2-(4-Methylpiperazine-1-carbonyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-picolinamide(Compound 162): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.33 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H),8.10 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.87-8.03 (m, 2H), 7.69-7.83 (m, 2H), 7.22 (br.s., 2H), 7.05 (br. s., 1H), 4.56 (br. s., 1H), 3.72 (br. s., 1H),3.24-3.58 (m, 3H), 3.09-3.21 (m, 1H), 3.05 (br. s., 2H), 2.78 (s, 3H).LC/MS: m/z=485.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 484.5).

6-(4-(2-(Methylcarbamoyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 163): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.32 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H),8.09 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.84-8.02 (m, 3H), 7.72 (dd, J=8.6, 2.0 Hz, 1H),7.20 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.02 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 2.75 (s, 3H). LC/MS:m/z=416.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 415.4).

6-(4-(2-(Diethylcarbamoyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide(Compound 164): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.32 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H),8.11 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.93-8.06 (m, 2H), 7.73 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.69(s, 1H), 7.18 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.12 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 3.30-3.63 (m,2H), 3.23 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.07 (dt, J=10.9, 7.1 Hz, 6H). LC/MS:m/z=458.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 457.4).

6-(4-(2-(3-Oxopiperazine-1-carbonyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-picolinamide(Compound 165): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.23-8.38 (m, 2H),8.05-8.15 (m, 1H), 7.88-8.02 (m, 2H), 7.68-7.82 (m, 2H), 7.10-7.27 (m,2H), 7.07 (dd, J=13.1, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 3.40-3.92 (m, 3H), 3.00-3.29 (m,3H). LC/MS: m/z=485.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 484.4).

(S)-2-(4-(6-(2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxolan-4-yl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzoicacid (Compound 166): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 13.13-13.64 (m, 1H),8.10-8.21 (m, 3H), 7.85-7.96 (m, 3H), 7.45 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d,J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.19 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.44 (dd,J=8.1, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 3.99 (dd, J=8.3, 6.5 Hz, 1H), 1.47 (s, 3H), 1.43 (s,3H). LC/MS: m/z=460.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 459.4).

TFA salt of2-(4-(6-((S)-1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-N—((R)-2,3-dihydroxypropyl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide(Compound 167): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.11 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H),8.00-8.07 (m, 2H), 7.73-7.81 (m, 1H), 7.62-7.71 (m, 2H), 7.41 (d, J=7.7Hz, 1H), 7.13-7.20 (m, 2H), 7.02 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.73 (dd, J=6.7, 4.3Hz, 1H), 3.85 (dd, J=11.2, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 3.62-3.73 (m, 2H), 3.48-3.57 (m,1H), 3.42 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 2H), 3.33 (dd, J=13.8, 6.7 Hz, 1H). LC/MS:m/z=493.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 492.4).

TFA salt of(S)-2-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-N,N-diethyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide(Compound 168): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.25 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H),8.02-8.09 (m, 2H), 7.99 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.71-7.86 (m, 3H), 7.25-7.34(m, 2H), 7.21 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 5.00 (t, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 3.81-3.98 (m,2H), 3.67 (br. s., 1H), 3.42-3.58 (m, 1H), 3.34-3.41 (m, 2H), 1.19 (q,J=7.3 Hz, 6H). LC/MS: m/z=475.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 474.5).

TFA salt of(S)-2-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-N-ethyl-N-methyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide(Compound 169): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 7.98-8.08 (m, 2H), 7.73-7.80(m, 1H), 7.57-7.68 (m, 3H), 7.40 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.07-7.15 (m, 2H),7.01 (dd, J=16.4, 8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.73 (dd, J=6.5, 4.3 Hz, 1H), 3.84 (dd,J=11.2, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 3.67 (dd, J=11.3, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 3.35-3.55 (m, 1H),3.24-3.32 (m, 1H), 2.88-3.02 (m, 3H), 1.08 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 3H). LC/MS:m/z=461.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 460.4).

TFA salt of(2-(4-(6-((S)-1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-5-(trifluoro-methyl)phenyl)((S)-3-hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)methanone(Compound 170): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.02 (dd, J=8.7, 1.9 Hz, 2H),7.73-7.84 (m, 1H), 7.60-7.71 (m, 3H), 7.40 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (d,J=7.9 Hz, 2H), 6.97-7.08 (m, 1H), 4.73 (dd, J=6.7, 4.3 Hz, 1H),4.27-4.44 (m, 1H), 3.85 (dd, J=11.2, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 3.68 (dd, J=11.2, 6.6Hz, 1H), 3.52 (br. s., 3H), 3.32-3.49 (m, 1H), 1.78-2.08 (m, 2H). LC/MS:m/z=489.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 488.5).

TFA salt of(S)-2-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-N-ethyl-N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide(Compound 171): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.02 (dd, J=8.8, 3.3 Hz, 2H),7.74-7.83 (m, 1H), 7.55-7.70 (m, 3H), 7.40 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (dd,J=8.8, 5.3 Hz, 2H), 7.01 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.73 (dd, J=6.6, 4.2 Hz,1H), 3.85 (dd, J=11.3, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 3.45-3.76 (m, 5H), 3.29-3.41 (m,2H), 1.09 (td, J=7.1, 3.2 Hz, 3H). LC/MS: m/z=491.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc:490.5).

TFA salt of(S)-2-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-N-(2-(dimethyl-amino)ethyl)-N-ethyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide(Compound 172): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 7.95-8.12 (m, 2H), 7.73-7.83(m, 1H), 7.56-7.70 (m, 3H), 7.40 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.07-7.16 (m, 2H),7.03 (dd, J=8.5, 5.8 Hz, 1H), 4.73 (dd, J=6.6, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 3.84 (dd,J=11.2, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 3.50-3.73 (m, 3H), 3.27 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H),2.36-2.59 (m, 2H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 2.00 (s, 3H), 1.09 (dt, J=9.0, 7.2 Hz,3H). LC/MS: m/z=518.2 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 517.5).

TFA salt of1-(2-(4-(6-((S)-1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-5-(trifluoro-methyl)benzoyl)piperidine-3-carboxamide(Compound 173): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.03-8.22 (m, 1H), 7.79-8.01(m, 3H), 7.59-7.75 (m, 3H), 6.99-7.24 (m, 3H), 4.82-4.94 (m, 1H),4.20-4.56 (m, 1H), 3.70-3.86 (m, 2H), 3.43-3.64 (m, 1H), 2.55-3.17 (m,2H), 2.25-2.49 (m, 1H), 1.83-2.04 (m, 1H), 1.32-1.81 (m, 3H). LC/MS:m/z=530.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 529.5).

TFA salt of(S)-2-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-N-(1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide(Compound 174): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.06-8.20 (m, 2H), 7.90-8.00(m, 2H), 7.84 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J=8.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (d,J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.22-7.31 (m, 2H), 7.16 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.87 (t, J=5.4Hz, 1H), 3.66-3.90 (m, 2H). LC/MS: m/z=503.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 502.5).

TFA salt of(S)-2-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide(Compound 175): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.12-8.24 (m, 2H), 7.92-7.99(m, 2H), 7.89 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (dd, J=8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (d,J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=3.5 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.15 (d,J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (d, J=3.5 Hz, 1H), 4.90 (t, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 3.69-3.86(m, 2H). LC/MS: m/z=502.0 [M+H]⁺ (Calc: 501.5).

TFA salt of(S)—N-((1H-tetrazol-5-yl)methyl)-2-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide(Compound 176): ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD): δ 8.18 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 8.13(d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.86-7.96 (m, 3H), 7.73 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2H), 7.16 (d,J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.10 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.91 (t, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.75 (s,2H), 3.79 (dd, J=5.3, 2.0 Hz, 2H). LC/MS: m/z=501.1 [M+H]⁺ (Calc:500.4).

Example 18

Representative Compounds of the Disclosure have been tested in theFLIPR®, FLIPR^(TETRA)®, and/or electrophysiology (EP) assays for sodiumchannel blocking activity, which is described in detail above.Representative values obtained from CoroNa™ Green AM Na⁺ dye for primaryfluorescence assay and/or EP assays are presented in TABLE 4, andrepresentative values from membrane potential dye for alternativefluorescence assays and/or EP assays for are presented in TABLE 5.

TABLE 4 Evaluation of compounds as sodium channel (Na_(v)) blockersNa_(v)1.7 Activity (μM) FLIPR assay Compound IC₅₀ 15 0.147 ± 0.016 160.104 ± 0.020 17 0.067 ± 0.019 18 0.426 ± 0.084 19 0.337 ± 0.006 200.124 ± 0.016 21 0.564 ± 0.035 22 0.285 ± 0.009 23 >20 24 0.152 ± 0.03125 0.039 ± 0.001 26 0.054 ± 0.005 27 0.549 ± 0.085 28 0.101 ± 0.021 290.117 ± 0.036 30 0.049 ± 0.003 31 2.144 ± 0.432 32 3.046 ± 0.942 330.221 ± 0.049 34 1.771 ± 0.570 35 0.141 ± 0.022 36 0.432 ± 0.131 371.075 ± 0.117 38 1.692 ± 0.157 39 0.179 ± 0.034 40 1.680 ± 0.177 411.130 ± 0.100 42 1.166 ± 0.186 43 0.223 ± 0.018 44 1.157 ± 0.076 450.113 ± 0.034 46 2.584 ± 0.692 47 0.949 ± 0.168 48 0.913 ± 0.016 490.096 ± 0.010 50 0.768 ± 0.051 51 0.566 ± 0.062 52 1.104 ± 0.107 530.384 ± 0.106 54 0.366 ± 0.085 55 0.174 ± 0.018 56 0.173 ± 0.033 580.231 ± 0.008 59 >20 60 1.848 ± 0.361 61 2.035 ± 0.060 62 0.310 ± 0.06663 0.337 ± 0.056 64 2.136 ± 0.199 65 0.862 ± 0.012 74 0.672 ± 0.059 750.972 ± 0.114 77 2.448 ± 0.344 79 >20 81 0.710 ± .0008 82 2.718 ± 0.26483 6.048 ± 1.328 84 10-20 85 0.561 ± 0.024 86 0.490 ± 0.041 87 0.128 ±0.030 89 >20 90 >20 91 0.577 ± 0.056 92 >20 93 >20 94 >20 95 1.335 ±0.209 96 1.133 ± 0.110 97 4.239 ± 0.919 98 0.961 ± 0.070 99 0.550 ±0.057 100 0.276 ± 0.063 101 1.827 ± 0.383 102 1.299 ± 0.126 103 0.312 ±0.008 104 >20 105 0.362 ± 0.095 106 0.455 ± 0.059 107 0.174 ± 0.041 1080.280 ± 0.009 109 1.302 ± 0.056 111 6.592 ± 0.321 112 >20 113 0.249 ±0.016 114 2.010 ± 0.456 115 0.455 ± 0.067 116 0.636 ± 0.065 117 0.066 ±0.007 118 0.118 ± 0.012 119 0.590 ± 0.092 120 0.578 ± 0.098 121 0.716 ±0.090 144 3.795 ± 0.377 145 3.336 ± 0.452 155 >20 156 1.291 ± 0.182 1572.707 ± 0.235 158 0.214 ± 0.029 159 1.258 ± 0.135 160 2.853 ± 0.698161 >20 162 7.954 ± 0.402 163 >20 164 0.143 ± 0.023 165 >20

TABLE 5 Evaluation of compounds as sodium channel (Na_(v)) blockersNa_(v)1.7 Activity (μM) FLIPR assay Compound IC₅₀ 122 0.079 ± 0.015 1230.149 ± 0.056 124 0.367 ± 0.028 125 0.311 ± 0.006 126 0.288 ± 0.045 1270.486 ± 0.032 128 0.684 ± 0.034 129 0.702 ± 0.035 130 1.280 ± 0.135131 >20 132 9.802 ± 0.365 133 0.699 ± 0.045 134 0.393 ± 0.048 135 0.294± 0.054 136 >20 137 >20 138 0.600 ± 0.077 139 10~20 140 4.229 ± 0.479141 0.450 ± 0.053 167 >20 168 0.519 ± 0.083 169 1.548 ± 0.286 170 >20171 >20 172 7.971 ± 1.188 173 >20 174 3.609 ± 0.229 175 1.315 ± 0.054176 >20

Having now fully described this disclosure, it will be understood bythose of ordinary skill in the art that the same can be performed withina wide and equivalent range of conditions, formulations and otherparameters without affecting the scope of the disclosure or anyembodiment thereof.

Other embodiments of the disclosure will be apparent to those skilled inthe art from consideration of the specification and practice of theinvention disclosed herein. It is intended that the specification andexamples be considered as exemplary only, with a true scope and spiritof the invention being indicated by the following claims.

All patents and publications cited herein are fully incorporated byreference in their entirety.

What is claimed is:
 1. A compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltor solvate thereof, wherein said compound is a compound of FormulaIII-A:

wherein: R¹ is selected from the group consisting of: a) optionallysubstituted heteroaryl; b) heteroalkyl; c) (aralkylamino)alkyl d)optionally-substituted (heterocyclo)alkyl; e) optionally substitutedaryl; f) (heterocycloalkylamino)alkyl; g) (heterocycloamino)alkyl; h)alkanolamine; i) hydroxyalkyl; j) (amino)alkyl; k) (alkylamino)alkyl; l)(dialkylamino)alkyl; m) (cycloalkylamino)alkyl; n) (nitro)alkyl; o)(carboxamido)alkyl; p) (haloalkylamino)alkyl; q) (hydroxy)(cyano)alkyl;r) (amino)(cyano)alkyl; s) (hydroxy)haloalkyl; t)(heteroarylamino)alkyl; u) (heteroaryl)alkyl; v) COR^(1a); w)SO₂NR^(8a)R^(8b); x) COCONR^(9a)R^(9b); and

R^(1a) is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, alkoxy, andNR^(7a)R^(7b); R^(7a) is selected from the group consisting of: a)hydrogen; b) alkyl; c) hydroxyalkyl; d) (amino)alkyl; e)(alkylamino)alkyl; f) (dialkylamino)alkyl; g) aryl; h)(heteroaryl)alkyl; and i) heteroaryl; R^(7b) is selected from the groupconsisting of hydrogen and alkyl; or R^(7a) and R^(7b) are takentogether form taken together to form a 3- to 8-membered optionallysubstituted heterocyclo; R^(8a) and R^(8b) are each independentlyselected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; or R^(8a) andR^(8b) are taken together form taken together to form a 3- to 8-memberedoptionally substituted heterocyclo; R^(9a) and R^(9b) are eachindependently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;or R^(9a) and R^(9b) are taken together form taken together to form a 3-to 8-membered optionally substituted heterocyclo; E is selected from thegroup consisting of:

R¹⁵ is hydrogen or alkyl; R³ is selected from the group consisting of:a) hydrogen; b) halo; c) cyano; d) haloalkyl; e) C₁-C₄ alkyl; f) C₁₋₄haloalkyl; g) C₁₋₄ haloalkoxy; and h) C₁₋₄ alkoxy; R¹⁰ is selected fromthe group consisting of: a) hydrogen; b) dihydroxyalkyl; c) carboxy; d)(heteroaryl)alkyl; e) (acetoxy)alkyl; f) —Y—R¹¹; and g) carboxamido; Yis —O— or —NH—; R¹¹ is selected from the group consisting of:

R¹² is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, andhydroxyalkyl; R¹³ is selected from the group consisting of hydroxy,alkoxy, and —NR^(14a)R^(14b); R^(14a) is selected from the groupconsisting of: a) hydrogen; b) alkyl; c) aralkyl; d) (heterocyclo)alkyl;e) (heteroaryl)alkyl; f) (amino)alkyl; g) (alkylamino)alkyl; h)(dialkylamino)alkyl; i) (carboxamido)alkyl; j) (cyano)alkyl; k)alkoxyalkyl; l) hydroxyalkyl; and m) heteroalkyl; and R^(14b) isselected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; or R^(14a) andR^(14b) taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attachedform a 3- to 8-membered optionally substituted heterocyclo.
 2. Thecompound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvatethereof, wherein R¹ is selected from the group consisting of: a)optionally substituted heteroaryl; b) (hydroxy)(cyano)alkyl; c)(amino)(cyano)alkyl; d) (hydroxy)haloalkyl; e) (heteroarylamino)alkyl;f) (heteroaryl)alkyl; g) COR^(1a); h) SO₂NR^(8a)R^(8b); i)COCONR^(9a)R^(9b); and


3. The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt orsolvate thereof, wherein R¹ is COR^(1a) or NR^(7a)R^(7b).
 4. Thecompound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvatethereof, wherein R¹ is an optionally substituted heteroaryl selectedfrom the group consisting of:


5. The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt orsolvate thereof, wherein R¹⁰ is selected from the group consisting of:a) hydrogen; b) dihydroxyalkyl; and c) —Y—R¹¹; Y is —O— or —NH—; R¹¹ isselected from the group consisting of:

and R¹² is C₁-C₄ alkyl.
 6. A compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptablesalt or solvate thereof, wherein said compound is selected from thegroup consisting of(S)-1-(6-(4-(2-(piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethane-1,2-diol;6-(4-(2-((cyclopentylamino)-methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)-phenoxy)phenyl)-picolinamide;6-(4-(2-(N,N-diethylsulfamoyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide;6-(4-(2-(2-oxo-1,2-di(pyrrolidin-1-yl)ethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)-phenyl)picolinamide;6-(4-(2-(2-oxo-1-(3-oxopiperazin-1-yl)-2-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)ethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)-phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide;(S)-2-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-N,N-diethyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzenesulfonamide;6-(4-(2-((thiazol-2-ylamino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-picolinamide;6-(4-(2-((ethyl(methyl)amino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-picolinamide;6-(4-(2-((diethylamino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide;6-(4-(2-((ethyl(2-hydroxyethyl)amino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)-phenyl)picolinamide;6-(4-(2-(((2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)(ethyl)amino)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)-phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide;6-(4-(2-((3-carbamoylpiperidin-1-yl)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)-phenyl)picolinamide;6-(4-(2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)-phenyl)picolinamide; (S)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-6-(4-(2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)-phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide;(S)-6-(4-(2-(1-(azetidin-3-yl)-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-chlorophenoxy)phenyl)-4-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)picolinamide;Methyl6-(4-(2-(cyano(hydroxy)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-picolinate;6-(4-(2-(Amino(cyano)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide;(Z)-6-(4-(2-((2,4-dioxothiazolidin-5-ylidene)methyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)-phenyl)picolinamide;(1 S)-1-(6-(4-(4-fluoro-2-(2, 2,2-trifluoro-1-hydroxyethyl)-phenoxy)phenyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethane-1,2-diol;6-(4-(2-(2-oxo-2-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)acetyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-picolinamide;6-(4-(2-(1-hydroxy-2-oxo-2-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)ethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)-phenyl)picolinamide;2-(4-(6-carbamoylpyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-5-(trifluoro-methyl)benzoic acid;6-(4-(2-(pyrrolidine-1-carbonyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide;6-(4-(2-((2-hydroxyethyl)-(methyl)carbamoyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)-phenyl)picolinamide;6-(4-(2-(4-methylpiperazine-1-carbonyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-picolinamide;6-(4-(2-(methylcarbamoyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide;6-(4-(2-(diethylcarbamoyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)picolinamide;6-(4-(2-(3-oxopiperazine-1-carbonyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)phenyl)-picolinamide;2-(4-(6-((S)-1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-N—((R)-2,3-dihydroxypropyl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide;(S)-2-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-N,N-diethyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide;(S)-2-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxy-ethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-N-ethyl-N-methyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide;(2-(4-(6-((S)-1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-((S)-3-hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)methanone;(S)-2-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-N-ethyl-N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-5-(trifluoro-methyl)benzamide;(S)-2-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-N-(2-(dimethyl-amino)ethyl)-N-ethyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide;1-(2-(4-(6-((S)-1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-5-(trifluoromethyl)-benzoyl)piperidine-3-carboxamide;(S)-2-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-N-(1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)-benzamide;(S)-2-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-N-(1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide;(S)-2-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-N-(thiazol-2-yl)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide;and(S)—N-((1H-tetrazol-5-yl)methyl)-2-(4-(6-(1,2-dihydroxyethyl)-pyridin-2-yl)phenoxy)-5-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide.7. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of claim 1, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and apharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
 8. A method for treating pain in amammal, comprising administering an effective amount of a compound asclaimed in claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvatethereof, to a mammal in need of such treatment.
 9. The method of claim8, wherein said pain is selected from the group consisting of chronicpain, inflammatory pain, neuropathic pain, acute pain, and surgicalpain.
 10. A method of modulating Nav1.7 sodium channels in a mammal,comprising administering to the mammal at least one compound as claimedin claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.11. The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt orsolvate thereof, wherein E is


12. The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt orsolvate thereof, wherein R¹⁰ is hydrogen or dihydroxyalkyl.
 13. Thecompound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvatethereof, wherein R¹⁰ is —Y—R¹¹, and Y is —NH—.
 14. The compound of claim13, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, whereinR¹¹ is selected from the group consisting of


15. The compound of claim 13, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt orsolvate thereof, wherein R¹¹ is selected from the group consisting of


16. The compound of claim 15, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt orsolvate thereof, wherein R¹² is C₁-C₄ alkyl, and R¹³ is—NR^(14a)R^(14b).
 17. The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein E is


18. The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt orsolvate thereof, wherein R³ is halo, cyano, or haloalkyl.
 19. Thecompound of claim 18, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvatethereof, wherein R³ is haloalkyl.